gtk2/po-properties/gl.po

7912 lines
227 KiB
Plaintext
Raw Normal View History

2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
# translation of gtk+-master-po-properties-gl-77816____.merged.po to Galician
# translation of gtk+-properties.gtk-2-10.po to
# Galician translation of gtk+.
# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Jesus Bravo Alvarez
#
# Proxecto Trasno - Adaptación do software libre á lingua galega: Se desexas
# colaborar connosco, podes atopar máis información en http://www.trasno.net
#
# First Version: 1999-08-30 18:49+0200
# Based on es.po by Pablo Saratxaga <srtxg@chanae.alphanet.ch>
# and pt.po by Nuno Ferreira <nmrf@rnl.ist.utl.pt>
#
2006-05-19 18:38:45 +00:00
# Jesus Bravo Alvarez <jba@pobox.com>, 1999, 2000.
# Ignacio Casal Quinteiro <nacho.resa@gmail.com>, 2005, 2006.
# Ignacio Casal Quinteiro <icq@svn.gnome.org>, 2008.
# Mancomún - Centro de Referencia e Servizos de Software Libre <g11n@mancomun.org>, 2009.
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
# Anton Meixome <certima@certima.net>, 2009.
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
# Antón Méixome <meixome@mancomun.org>, 2009.
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
# Antón Méixome <meixome@certima.net>, 2010.
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
# Fran Dieguez <frandieguez@ubuntu.com>, 2009, 2010.
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
# Fran Diéguez <frandieguez@ubuntu.com>, 2009, 2010.
2010-05-01 22:10:08 +00:00
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"Project-Id-Version: gtk+-master-po-properties-gl-77816____.merged\n"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-10-26 16:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-10-26 16:58+0200\n"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
"Last-Translator: Fran Diéguez <frandieguez@ubuntu.com>\n"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
"Language-Team: Galician <gnome-gl-list@gnome.org>\n"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
"Language: gl\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:99
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Device Display"
msgstr "Pantalla do dispositivo"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:100
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Display which the device belongs to"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Pantalla á que pertence o dispositivo"
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:114
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Device manager"
msgstr "Xestor de dispositivos"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:115
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Device manager which the device belongs to"
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgstr "Xestor de dispositivos ao que pertence o dispositivos"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:129 ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:130
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Device name"
msgstr "Nome do dispositivo"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:144
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Device type"
msgstr "Tipo de dispositivo"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:145
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Device role in the device manager"
msgstr "Rol do dispositivo no xestor de dispositivos"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:161
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Associated device"
msgstr "Dispositivo asociado"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:162
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Associated pointer or keyboard with this device"
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgstr "Punteiro ou teclado asociado a este dispositivo"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:175
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Input source"
msgstr "Orixe de entrada"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:176
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Source type for the device"
msgstr "Tipo de orixe para o dispositivo"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:191 ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:192
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Input mode for the device"
msgstr "Modo de entrada para o dispositivo"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:207
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Whether the device has a cursor"
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o dispositivo ten un cursor"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:208
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Whether there is a visible cursor following device motion"
msgstr "Indica se hai un cursor visíbel seguindo o movemento do dispositivo"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:222 ../gdk/gdkdevice.c:223
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Number of axes in the device"
msgstr "Número de eixos no dispositivo"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevicemanager.c:136
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Display"
msgstr "Pantalla"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdevicemanager.c:137
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Display for the device manager"
msgstr "Pantalla para o xestor de dispositivos"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c:101
msgid "Default Display"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Pantalla predefinida"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c:102
msgid "The default display for GDK"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Pantalla predefinida para o GDK"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkscreen.c:74
msgid "Font options"
msgstr "Opcións de tipo de letra"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkscreen.c:75
msgid "The default font options for the screen"
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
msgstr "As opcións predefinidas do tipo de letra para a pantalla"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkscreen.c:82
msgid "Font resolution"
msgstr "Resolución do tipo de letra"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkscreen.c:83
msgid "The resolution for fonts on the screen"
msgstr "A resolución para os tipos de letra na pantalla"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkwindow.c:410 ../gdk/gdkwindow.c:411
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgid "Cursor"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Cursor"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gdk/x11/gdkdevice-xi.c:133 ../gdk/x11/gdkdevice-xi.c:134
#: ../gdk/x11/gdkdevice-xi2.c:112
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Device ID"
msgstr "ID do dispositivo"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gdk/x11/gdkdevice-xi2.c:113
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Device identifier"
msgstr "Identificador do dispotitivo"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi.c:85
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Event base"
msgstr "Evento base"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi.c:86
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Event base for XInput events"
msgstr "Evento base para os eventos XInput"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:269
msgid "Program name"
msgstr "Nome do programa"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:270
msgid ""
"The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to "
"g_get_application_name()"
msgstr ""
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
"O nome do programa. Se non se define, usarase de forma predefinida "
"g_get_application_name()"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:284
msgid "Program version"
msgstr "Versión do programa"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:285
msgid "The version of the program"
msgstr "A versión do programa"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:299
msgid "Copyright string"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Cadea de dereitos de autor"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:300
msgid "Copyright information for the program"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Información de dereitos de autor do programa"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:317
msgid "Comments string"
msgstr "Cadea de comentarios"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:318
msgid "Comments about the program"
msgstr "Comentarios sobre o programa"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:368
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "License Type"
msgstr "Tipo de licenza"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:369
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "The license type of the program"
msgstr "O tipo de licenza do programa"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:385
msgid "Website URL"
msgstr "URL do sitio web"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386
msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program"
msgstr "O URL para a ligazón ao sitio web do programa"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:401
msgid "Website label"
msgstr "Etiqueta do sitio web"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:402
msgid ""
"The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it "
"defaults to the URL"
msgstr ""
"A etiqueta para a ligazón ao sitio web do programa. Se non se define, "
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
"usarase o URL predefinido"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:418
msgid "Authors"
msgstr "Autores"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:419
msgid "List of authors of the program"
msgstr "Lista de autores do programa"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:435
msgid "Documenters"
msgstr "Documentadores"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:436
msgid "List of people documenting the program"
msgstr "Lista de persoas que documentan o programa"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:452
msgid "Artists"
msgstr "Artistas"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:453
msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program"
msgstr "Lista de xente que contribuíu con material gráfico ao programa"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:470
msgid "Translator credits"
msgstr "Créditos de tradución"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:471
msgid ""
"Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable"
msgstr "Créditos dos tradutores. Esta cadea deberá marcarse como traducíbel"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:486
msgid "Logo"
msgstr "Logotipo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:487
msgid ""
"A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to "
"gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()"
msgstr ""
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
"Un logotipo para a caixa Sobre. Se non se define, o predefinido é "
"gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:502
msgid "Logo Icon Name"
msgstr "Nome da icona do logotipo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:503
msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box."
msgstr "Unha icona con nome para usar como logotipo na caixa Sobre."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:516
msgid "Wrap license"
msgstr "Axustar a licenza"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:517
msgid "Whether to wrap the license text."
msgstr "Indica se se debe axustar o texto da licenza."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:189
msgid "Accelerator Closure"
msgstr "Peche do acelerador"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:190
msgid "The closure to be monitored for accelerator changes"
msgstr "O peche que se vai monitorizar para os cambios no acelerador"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:196
msgid "Accelerator Widget"
msgstr "Widget do acelerador"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:197
msgid "The widget to be monitored for accelerator changes"
msgstr "O widget que se vai monitorizar para os cambios no acelerador"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:222 ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:228 ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:125
#: ../gtk/gtktextmark.c:89
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nome"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:223
msgid "A unique name for the action."
msgstr "Un nome único para a acción."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:241 ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:238 ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:209
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:130 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:549 ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:331
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:202 ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1571
msgid "Label"
msgstr "Etiqueta"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:242
msgid "The label used for menu items and buttons that activate this action."
msgstr ""
"A etiqueta usada para os elementos de menú e botóns que activan esta acción."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:258
msgid "Short label"
msgstr "Etiqueta curta"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:259
msgid "A shorter label that may be used on toolbar buttons."
msgstr ""
"Unha etiqueta máis curta que poderá empregarse nos botóns da barra de "
"ferramentas."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:267
msgid "Tooltip"
msgstr "Indicación"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:268
msgid "A tooltip for this action."
msgstr "Unha indicación para esta acción."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:283
msgid "Stock Icon"
msgstr "Icona de inventario"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:284
msgid "The stock icon displayed in widgets representing this action."
msgstr ""
"A icona de inventario mostrada nos widgets que representan esta acción."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:304 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:252
msgid "GIcon"
msgstr "GIcon"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:305 ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:215
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:320 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:253
msgid "The GIcon being displayed"
msgstr "A GIcon que se mostra"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:325 ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:180
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:302 ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:174 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:236
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:733
msgid "Icon Name"
msgstr "Nome da icona"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:326 ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:181
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:303 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:237
msgid "The name of the icon from the icon theme"
msgstr "O nome da icona do tema de iconas"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:333 ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:186
msgid "Visible when horizontal"
msgstr "Visíbel cando é horizontal"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:334 ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:187
msgid ""
"Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a horizontal "
"orientation."
msgstr ""
"Indica se o elemento da barra de ferramentas é visíbel cando a barra de "
"ferramentas está en orientación horizontal."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:349
msgid "Visible when overflown"
msgstr "Visíbel cando se desborda"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:350
msgid ""
"When TRUE, toolitem proxies for this action are represented in the toolbar "
"overflow menu."
msgstr ""
"Cando é TRUE, os proxies toolitem para esta acción represéntanse no menú de "
"desbordamento da barra de tarefas."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:357 ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:193
msgid "Visible when vertical"
msgstr "Visíbel cando é vertical"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:358 ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:194
msgid ""
"Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a vertical "
"orientation."
msgstr ""
"Indica se o elemento da barra de ferramentas é visíbel cando a barra de "
"ferramentas está en orientación vertical."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:365 ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:200
msgid "Is important"
msgstr "É importante"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:366
msgid ""
"Whether the action is considered important. When TRUE, toolitem proxies for "
"this action show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode."
msgstr ""
"Indica se a acción se considera importante. Cando é TRUE, os proxies "
"toolitem mostran o texto no modo GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:374
msgid "Hide if empty"
msgstr "Ocultar se está baleiro"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:375
msgid "When TRUE, empty menu proxies for this action are hidden."
msgstr ""
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
"Cando é TRUE, ocúltanse os proxies de menú baleiro para este aplicativo."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:381 ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:235
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:243 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:975
msgid "Sensitive"
msgstr "Sensíbel"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:382
msgid "Whether the action is enabled."
msgstr "Indica se a acción está activada."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:388 ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:242
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:287 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:213
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:968
msgid "Visible"
msgstr "Visíbel"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:389
msgid "Whether the action is visible."
msgstr "Indica se a acción é visíbel."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:395
msgid "Action Group"
msgstr "Grupo de acción"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:396
msgid ""
"The GtkActionGroup this GtkAction is associated with, or NULL (for internal "
"use)."
msgstr ""
"O GtkActionGroup co que esta GtkAction está asociada ou NULL (para uso "
"interno)."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:414 ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:172
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "Always show image"
msgstr "Mostrar sempre a imaxe"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:415 ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:173
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "Whether the image will always be shown"
msgstr "Indica se hai que mostrar a imaxe sempre"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:229
msgid "A name for the action group."
msgstr "Un nome para o grupo da acción."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:236
msgid "Whether the action group is enabled."
msgstr "Indica se o grupo de acción está activado."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:243
msgid "Whether the action group is visible."
msgstr "Indica se o grupo de acción é visíbel."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactivatable.c:290
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Related Action"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Acción relacionada"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactivatable.c:291
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "The action this activatable will activate and receive updates from"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "A acción que activará este activábel e do cal recibirá actualizacións"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactivatable.c:313
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Use Action Appearance"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Usar aparencia de activación"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactivatable.c:314
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether to use the related actions appearance properties"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Cando usar as accións relacionadas coas propiedades da aparencia"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:114 ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:126
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:220 ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:289
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Valor"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:115
msgid "The value of the adjustment"
msgstr "O valor do axuste"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:131
msgid "Minimum Value"
msgstr "Valor mínimo"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:132
msgid "The minimum value of the adjustment"
msgstr "O valor mínimo do axuste"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:151
msgid "Maximum Value"
msgstr "Valor máximo"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:152
msgid "The maximum value of the adjustment"
msgstr "O valor máximo do axuste"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:168
msgid "Step Increment"
msgstr "Incremento de paso"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:169
msgid "The step increment of the adjustment"
msgstr "O incremento de paso do axuste"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:185
msgid "Page Increment"
msgstr "Incremento de páxina"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:186
msgid "The page increment of the adjustment"
msgstr "O incremento de páxina do axuste"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:205
msgid "Page Size"
msgstr "Tamaño de páxina"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:206
msgid "The page size of the adjustment"
msgstr "O tamaño de páxina do axuste"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:127
msgid "Horizontal alignment"
msgstr "Aliñamento horizontal"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:128 ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:289
msgid ""
"Horizontal position of child in available space. 0.0 is left aligned, 1.0 is "
"right aligned"
msgstr ""
"Posición horizontal do fillo no espazo dispoñíbel. 0.0 é aliñado á esquerda, "
"1.0 é aliñado á dereita"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:137
msgid "Vertical alignment"
msgstr "Aliñamento vertical"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:138 ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:308
msgid ""
"Vertical position of child in available space. 0.0 is top aligned, 1.0 is "
"bottom aligned"
msgstr ""
"Posición vertical do fillo no espazo dispoñíbel. 0.0 é aliñado arriba, 1.0 é "
"aliñado abaixo"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:146
msgid "Horizontal scale"
msgstr "Escala horizontal"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:147
msgid ""
"If available horizontal space is bigger than needed for the child, how much "
"of it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all"
msgstr ""
"Se o espazo horizontal dispoñíbel é maior que o necesitado para o fillo, "
"canto se debe usar para o fillo. 0.0 significa nada, 1.0 significa todo"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:155
msgid "Vertical scale"
msgstr "Escala vertical"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:156
msgid ""
"If available vertical space is bigger than needed for the child, how much of "
"it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all"
msgstr ""
"Se o espazo vertical dispoñíbel é maior que o necesario para o fillo, canto "
"se debe usar para o fillo. 0.0 significa nada, 1.0 significa todo"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:173
msgid "Top Padding"
msgstr "Recheo superior"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:174
msgid "The padding to insert at the top of the widget."
msgstr "O recheo para introducir por encima do widget."
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:190
msgid "Bottom Padding"
msgstr "Recheo inferior"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:191
msgid "The padding to insert at the bottom of the widget."
msgstr "O recheo para introducir por debaixo do widget."
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:207
msgid "Left Padding"
msgstr "Recheo á esquerda"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:208
msgid "The padding to insert at the left of the widget."
msgstr "O recheo para introducir á esquerda do widget."
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:224
msgid "Right Padding"
msgstr "Recheo á dereita"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:225
msgid "The padding to insert at the right of the widget."
msgstr "O recheo para introducir á dereita do widget."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:110
msgid "Arrow direction"
msgstr "Dirección da frecha"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:111
msgid "The direction the arrow should point"
msgstr "A dirección á que a frecha deberá apuntar"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:119
msgid "Arrow shadow"
msgstr "Sombra da frecha"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:120
msgid "Appearance of the shadow surrounding the arrow"
msgstr "Aparencia da sombra que rodea a frecha"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:127 ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:730 ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:394
msgid "Arrow Scaling"
msgstr "Escalado de frecha"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:128
msgid "Amount of space used up by arrow"
msgstr "Cantidade de espazo ocupado por frecha"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:109 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1171
msgid "Horizontal Alignment"
msgstr "Aliñamento horizontal"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:110
msgid "X alignment of the child"
msgstr "Aliñamento X do fillo"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:116 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1187
msgid "Vertical Alignment"
msgstr "Aliñamento vertical"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:117
msgid "Y alignment of the child"
msgstr "Aliñamento Y do fillo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:123
msgid "Ratio"
msgstr "Proporción"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:124
msgid "Aspect ratio if obey_child is FALSE"
msgstr "Proporción de aspecto se obey_child é FALSE"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:130
msgid "Obey child"
msgstr "Obedecer ao fillo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:131
msgid "Force aspect ratio to match that of the frame's child"
msgstr "Forzar a proporción de aspecto para que coincida coa do marco do fillo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:310
msgid "Header Padding"
msgstr "Recheo da cabeceira"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:311
msgid "Number of pixels around the header."
msgstr "Número de píxeles ao redor da cabeceira."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:318
msgid "Content Padding"
msgstr "Recheo do contido"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:319
msgid "Number of pixels around the content pages."
msgstr "Número de píxeles ao redor das páxinas de contidos."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:335
msgid "Page type"
msgstr "Tipo de páxina"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:336
msgid "The type of the assistant page"
msgstr "O tipo da páxina do asistente"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:353
msgid "Page title"
msgstr "Título da páxina"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:354
msgid "The title of the assistant page"
msgstr "O título da páxina do asistente"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:370
msgid "Header image"
msgstr "Imaxe de cabeceira"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:371
msgid "Header image for the assistant page"
msgstr "Imaxe de cabeceira para a páxina do asistente"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:387
msgid "Sidebar image"
msgstr "Imaxe da barra lateral"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:388
msgid "Sidebar image for the assistant page"
msgstr "Imaxe da barra lateral da páxina do asistente"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:403
msgid "Page complete"
msgstr "Páxina completa"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:404
msgid "Whether all required fields on the page have been filled out"
msgstr "Indica se todos os campos requiridos na páxina foron cubertos"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:135
msgid "Minimum child width"
msgstr "Largura mínima do fillo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:136
msgid "Minimum width of buttons inside the box"
msgstr "A largura mínima dos botóns dentro da caixa"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:144
msgid "Minimum child height"
msgstr "Altura mínima do fillo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:145
msgid "Minimum height of buttons inside the box"
msgstr "A altura mínima dos botóns dentro da caixa"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:153
msgid "Child internal width padding"
msgstr "Largura interna de recheo do fillo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:154
msgid "Amount to increase child's size on either side"
msgstr "Cantidade na que se aumenta o tamaño do fillo por cada lado"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:162
msgid "Child internal height padding"
msgstr "Altura interna de recheo do fillo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:163
msgid "Amount to increase child's size on the top and bottom"
msgstr "Cantidade en que se aumenta o tamaño do fillo por encima e por debaixo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:171
msgid "Layout style"
msgstr "Estilo de disposición"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:172
msgid ""
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
"How to lay out the buttons in the box. Possible values are: spread, edge, "
2010-08-17 16:35:35 +00:00
"start and end"
msgstr ""
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
"Como dispor os botóns na caixa. Os valores posíbeis son: "
"«spread» (afastados), «edge» (bordos), «start» (inicio) e «end» (final)"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:180
msgid "Secondary"
msgstr "Secundario"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:181
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the child appears in a secondary group of children, suitable for, e."
"g., help buttons"
msgstr ""
"Se é TRUE, o fillo aparece nun grupo secundario de fillos; é útil, por "
"exemplo, para botóns de axuda"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:237 ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:233 ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:691
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:238
msgid "Spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:238
msgid "The amount of space between children"
msgstr "A cantidade de espazo entre os fillos"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:247 ../gtk/gtktable.c:188 ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:547
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1624
msgid "Homogeneous"
msgstr "Homoxéneo"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:248
msgid "Whether the children should all be the same size"
msgstr "Indica se todos os fillos deben ser do mesmo tamaño"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:264 ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:539 ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1631
#: ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1065 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:294
msgid "Expand"
msgstr "Expandir"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:265
msgid "Whether the child should receive extra space when the parent grows"
msgstr "Indica se o fillo debe recibir espazo adicional cando o pai crece"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:281 ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1638
msgid "Fill"
msgstr "Encher"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:282
msgid ""
"Whether extra space given to the child should be allocated to the child or "
"used as padding"
msgstr ""
"Indica se se debe dar espazo adicional para que o fillo poida ser asignado "
"no fillo ou usado como recheo"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:289 ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:165
msgid "Padding"
msgstr "Recheo"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:290
msgid "Extra space to put between the child and its neighbors, in pixels"
msgstr ""
"Espazo adicional para colocar entre o fillo e os seus veciños, en píxeles"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:296
msgid "Pack type"
msgstr "Tipo de empaquetado"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:297 ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:786
msgid ""
"A GtkPackType indicating whether the child is packed with reference to the "
"start or end of the parent"
msgstr ""
"Un GtkPackType que indica se o fillo está empaquetado en relación ao inicio "
"ou ao final do pai"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:303 ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:757 ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:271
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkruler.c:158 ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1652
msgid "Position"
msgstr "Posición"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:304 ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:758
msgid "The index of the child in the parent"
msgstr "O índice do fillo no pai"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbuilder.c:314
msgid "Translation Domain"
msgstr "Dominio de tradución"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbuilder.c:315
msgid "The translation domain used by gettext"
msgstr "O dominio de tradución usado por gettext"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:239
msgid ""
"Text of the label widget inside the button, if the button contains a label "
"widget"
msgstr ""
"Texto da etiqueta do widget dentro do botón, se o botón contén unha etiqueta "
"widget"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:246 ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:217 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:570
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:346 ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:209
msgid "Use underline"
msgstr "Usar subliñado"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:247 ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:218 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:571
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:347
msgid ""
"If set, an underline in the text indicates the next character should be used "
"for the mnemonic accelerator key"
msgstr ""
"Se se define, un subliñado no texto indica que o seguinte carácter debería "
"usarse para a tecla rápida mnemónica"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:254 ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:153
msgid "Use stock"
msgstr "Usar inventario"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:255
msgid ""
"If set, the label is used to pick a stock item instead of being displayed"
msgstr ""
"Se se estabelece, a etiqueta úsase para seleccionar un elemento do "
"inventario en vez de ser mostrado"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:262 ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:861
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:383
msgid "Focus on click"
msgstr "Enfocar ao premer"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:263 ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:384
msgid "Whether the button grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse"
msgstr "Indica se o botón captura o foco cando se preme co rato"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:270
msgid "Border relief"
msgstr "Relevo do bordo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:271
msgid "The border relief style"
msgstr "Estilo de relevo do bordo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:288
msgid "Horizontal alignment for child"
msgstr "Aliñamento horizontal para o fillo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:307
msgid "Vertical alignment for child"
msgstr "Aliñamento vertical para o fillo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:324 ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:138
msgid "Image widget"
msgstr "Widget de imaxe"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:325
msgid "Child widget to appear next to the button text"
msgstr "Widget fillo que aparecerá ao lado do texto do botón"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:339
msgid "Image position"
msgstr "Posición da imaxe"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:340
msgid "The position of the image relative to the text"
msgstr "A posición da imaxe en relación ao texto"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:460
msgid "Default Spacing"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Espazamento predefinido"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:461
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "Extra space to add for GTK_CAN_DEFAULT buttons"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Espazo adicional que engadir para os botóns GTK_CAN_DEFAULT"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:475
msgid "Default Outside Spacing"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Espazamento exterior predefinido"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:476
msgid ""
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
"Extra space to add for GTK_CAN_DEFAULT buttons that is always drawn outside "
"the border"
msgstr ""
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"Espazo adicional que engadir para os botóns GTK_CAN_DEFAULT que son sempre "
"debuxados fóra do bordo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:481
msgid "Child X Displacement"
msgstr "Desprazamento X do fillo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:482
msgid ""
"How far in the x direction to move the child when the button is depressed"
msgstr ""
"Distancia na dirección X que debe moverse o fillo cando se solta o botón"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:489
msgid "Child Y Displacement"
msgstr "Desprazamento Y do fillo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:490
msgid ""
"How far in the y direction to move the child when the button is depressed"
msgstr ""
"Distancia na dirección Y que debe moverse o fillo cando se solta o botón"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:506
msgid "Displace focus"
msgstr "Desprazar o foco"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:507
msgid ""
"Whether the child_displacement_x/_y properties should also affect the focus "
"rectangle"
msgstr ""
"Indica se as propiedades child_displacement_x/_y deberían afectar tamén ao "
"rectángulo do foco"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:520 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:695 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1740
msgid "Inner Border"
msgstr "Bordo interior"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:521
msgid "Border between button edges and child."
msgstr "Bordo entre os bordos do botón e o fillo."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:534
msgid "Image spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento da imaxe"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:535
msgid "Spacing in pixels between the image and label"
msgstr "Espazamento en píxeles entre a imaxe e a etiqueta"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:470
msgid "Year"
msgstr "Ano"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:471
msgid "The selected year"
msgstr "O ano seleccionado"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:484
msgid "Month"
msgstr "Mes"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:485
msgid "The selected month (as a number between 0 and 11)"
msgstr "O mes seleccionado (como número entre 0 e 11)"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:499
msgid "Day"
msgstr "Día"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:500
msgid ""
"The selected day (as a number between 1 and 31, or 0 to unselect the "
"currently selected day)"
msgstr ""
"O día seleccionado (como un número entre 1 e 31 ou 0 para anular a selección "
"do día seleccionado actualmente)"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:514
msgid "Show Heading"
msgstr "Mostrar a cabeceira"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:515
msgid "If TRUE, a heading is displayed"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, móstrase unha cabeceira"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:529
msgid "Show Day Names"
msgstr "Mostrar os nomes dos días"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:530
msgid "If TRUE, day names are displayed"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, móstranse os nomes dos días"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:543
msgid "No Month Change"
msgstr "Sen cambio de mes"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:544
msgid "If TRUE, the selected month cannot be changed"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Se é TRUE, non será posíbel cambiar o mes seleccionado"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:558
msgid "Show Week Numbers"
msgstr "Mostrar os números de semana"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:559
msgid "If TRUE, week numbers are displayed"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, móstranse os números de semana"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:574
msgid "Details Width"
msgstr "Largura dos detalles"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:575
msgid "Details width in characters"
msgstr "A largura dos detalles en caracteres"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:590
msgid "Details Height"
msgstr "Altura dos detalles"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:591
msgid "Details height in rows"
msgstr "A altura dos detalles en caracteres"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:607
msgid "Show Details"
msgstr "Mostrar os detalles"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:608
msgid "If TRUE, details are shown"
msgstr "Se é TRUE móstranse os detalles"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:620
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
msgid "Inner border"
msgstr "Bordo interior"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:621
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
msgid "Inner border space"
msgstr "Espacio do bordo interior"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:632
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
msgid "Vertical separation"
msgstr "Separación vertical"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:633
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
msgid "Space between day headers and main area"
msgstr "Espazo entre as cabeceiras de día e o área principal"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:644
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal separation"
msgstr "Separación horizontal"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:645
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
msgid "Space between week headers and main area"
msgstr "Espazo entre as cabeceiras de semana e o área principal"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcelleditable.c:53
2009-11-02 00:23:05 +00:00
msgid "Editing Canceled"
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
msgstr "Edición cancelada"
2009-11-02 00:23:05 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcelleditable.c:54
2009-11-02 00:23:05 +00:00
msgid "Indicates that editing has been canceled"
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
msgstr "Indica que a edición foi cancelada"
2009-11-02 00:23:05 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:138
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Accelerator key"
msgstr "Tecla rápida"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:139
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "The keyval of the accelerator"
msgstr "O valor (keyval) da tecla rápida"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:155
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Accelerator modifiers"
msgstr "Modificadores de tecla rápida"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:156
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "The modifier mask of the accelerator"
msgstr "A máscara do modificador da tecla rápida"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:173
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Accelerator keycode"
msgstr "Código de tecla da tecla rápida"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:174
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "The hardware keycode of the accelerator"
msgstr "O código de tecla de hardware da tecla rápida"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:193
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Accelerator Mode"
msgstr "Modo de teclas rápidas"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:194
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "The type of accelerators"
msgstr "O tipo de teclas rápidas"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:227
msgid "mode"
msgstr "modo"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:228
msgid "Editable mode of the CellRenderer"
msgstr "Modo editábel do CellRenderer"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:236
msgid "visible"
msgstr "visíbel"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:237
msgid "Display the cell"
msgstr "Mostrar a cela"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:244
msgid "Display the cell sensitive"
msgstr "Mostrar a cela sensíbel"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:251
msgid "xalign"
msgstr "xalign"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:252
msgid "The x-align"
msgstr "O aliñamento x"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:261
msgid "yalign"
msgstr "yalign"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:262
msgid "The y-align"
msgstr "O aliñamento y"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:271
msgid "xpad"
msgstr "xpad"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:272
msgid "The xpad"
msgstr "O xpad"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:281
msgid "ypad"
msgstr "ypad"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:282
msgid "The ypad"
msgstr "O ypad"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:291
msgid "width"
msgstr "largura"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:292
msgid "The fixed width"
msgstr "A largura fixa"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:301
msgid "height"
msgstr "altura"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:302
msgid "The fixed height"
msgstr "A altura fixa"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:311
msgid "Is Expander"
msgstr "É expansor"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:312
msgid "Row has children"
msgstr "A fila ten fillos"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:320
msgid "Is Expanded"
msgstr "Está expandido"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:321
msgid "Row is an expander row, and is expanded"
msgstr "A fila é unha fila de expansor e está expandida"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:328
msgid "Cell background color name"
msgstr "Nome da cor de fondo da cela"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:329
msgid "Cell background color as a string"
msgstr "Cor de fondo da cela como unha cadea"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:336
msgid "Cell background color"
msgstr "Cor de fondo da cela"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:337
msgid "Cell background color as a GdkColor"
msgstr "Cor de fondo da cela como unha GdkColor"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:350
msgid "Cell background RGBA color"
msgstr "Cor de fondo RGBA da cela"
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:351
msgid "Cell background color as a GdkRGBA"
msgstr "Cor de fondo da cela como GdkRGBA"
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:358
msgid "Editing"
msgstr "Editando"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:359
msgid "Whether the cell renderer is currently in editing mode"
msgstr "Indica se o renderizador de cela está actualmente no modo de edición"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:367
msgid "Cell background set"
msgstr "Definición do fondo da cela"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:368
msgid "Whether this tag affects the cell background color"
msgstr "Indica se esta etiqueta afecta á cor de fondo da cela"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:109
msgid "Model"
msgstr "Modelo"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:110
msgid "The model containing the possible values for the combo box"
msgstr "O modelo que contén os valores posíbeis para a caixa de combinación"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:132
msgid "Text Column"
msgstr "Columna de texto"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:133
msgid "A column in the data source model to get the strings from"
msgstr "Unha columna no modelo de orixe de datos da que se obteñen as cadeas"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:150 ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:928
msgid "Has Entry"
msgstr "Ten entrada"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:151
msgid "If FALSE, don't allow to enter strings other than the chosen ones"
msgstr "Se é FALSE, non permitir introducir cadeas distintas das escollidas"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:120
msgid "Pixbuf Object"
msgstr "Obxecto pixbuf"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:121
msgid "The pixbuf to render"
msgstr "O pixbuf para renderizar"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:128
msgid "Pixbuf Expander Open"
msgstr "O pixbuf do expansor aberto"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:129
msgid "Pixbuf for open expander"
msgstr "O pixbuf para o expansor aberto"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:136
msgid "Pixbuf Expander Closed"
msgstr "O pixbuf do expansor pechado"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:137
msgid "Pixbuf for closed expander"
msgstr "O pixbuf para o expansor pechado"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:144 ../gtk/gtkimage.c:244
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:228
msgid "Stock ID"
msgstr "ID de inventario"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:145
msgid "The stock ID of the stock icon to render"
msgstr "O ID de inventario da icona de inventario para renderizar"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:152 ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:153
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:309 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:269
msgid "Size"
msgstr "Tamaño"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:153
msgid "The GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered icon"
msgstr "O valor do GtkIconSize que especifica o tamaño da icona renderizada"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:162
msgid "Detail"
msgstr "Detalle"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:163
msgid "Render detail to pass to the theme engine"
msgstr "Detalle de renderizado para pasar ao motor de temas"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:196
msgid "Follow State"
msgstr "Seguir o estado"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:197
msgid "Whether the rendered pixbuf should be colorized according to the state"
msgstr "Indica se o pixbuf renderizado debería colorearse de acordo co estado"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:214 ../gtk/gtkimage.c:319
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:710
msgid "Icon"
msgstr "Icona"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:127
msgid "Value of the progress bar"
msgstr "Valor da barra de progreso"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:144 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:233
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:738 ../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:352
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:226 ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:145
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:210
msgid "Text"
msgstr "Texto"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:145
msgid "Text on the progress bar"
msgstr "Texto na barra de progreso"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:168 ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:139
msgid "Pulse"
msgstr "Pulsación"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:169
msgid ""
"Set this to positive values to indicate that some progress is made, but you "
"don't know how much."
msgstr ""
"Defina isto con valores positivos para indicar que se realiza algún "
"progreso, mais non se sabe canto."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:185
msgid "Text x alignment"
msgstr "Aliñamento x do texto"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:186
msgid ""
"The horizontal text alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL "
"layouts."
msgstr ""
"O aliñamento horizontal do texto, desde 0 (esquerda) até 1 (dereita). Ao "
"revés para disposicións RTL."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:202
msgid "Text y alignment"
msgstr "Aliñamento y do texto"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:203
msgid "The vertical text alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom)."
msgstr "O aliñamento vertical do texto, desde 0 (superior) até 1 (inferior)."
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:214 ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:121
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:433
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Inverted"
msgstr "Invertido"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:215 ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:122
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Invert the direction in which the progress bar grows"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Inverter a dirección na que crece a barra de progreso"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:91 ../gtk/gtkrange.c:425
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:239 ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:228
msgid "Adjustment"
msgstr "Axuste"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:92 ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:229
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "The adjustment that holds the value of the spin button"
msgstr "O axuste que mantén o valor do botón de axuste"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:107
msgid "Climb rate"
msgstr "Taxa de incremento"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:108 ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:237
msgid "The acceleration rate when you hold down a button"
msgstr "A taxa de aceleración cando mantén premido un botón"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:121 ../gtk/gtkscale.c:244
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:246
msgid "Digits"
msgstr "Díxitos"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:122 ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:247
msgid "The number of decimal places to display"
msgstr "O número de lugares decimais que se vai mostrar"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:119 ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:105
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:520 ../gtk/gtkspinner.c:131 ../gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:133
#: ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:122 ../gtk/gtktoggletoolbutton.c:112
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Active"
msgstr "Activo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:120
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether the spinner is active (ie. shown) in the cell"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o spinner está activo (p.ex mostrado) na cela"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:140
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Pulse of the spinner"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Pulso do spinner"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:154
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "The GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered spinner"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "O valor do GtkIconSize que especifica o tamaño do spinner renderizado"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:234
msgid "Text to render"
msgstr "Texto para renderizar"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:241
msgid "Markup"
msgstr "Marcación"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:242
msgid "Marked up text to render"
msgstr "Texto marcado para renderizar"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:249 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:556
msgid "Attributes"
msgstr "Atributos"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:250
msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the renderer"
msgstr ""
"Unha lista de atributos de estilo para aplicar ao texto do renderizador"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:257
msgid "Single Paragraph Mode"
msgstr "Modo de parágrafo único"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:258
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether to keep all text in a single paragraph"
msgstr "Indica se debe manterse ou non todo o texto nun só parágrafo"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:266 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:179
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:178
msgid "Background color name"
msgstr "Nome da cor de fondo"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:267 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:180
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:179
msgid "Background color as a string"
msgstr "Cor de fondo como unha cadea"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:274 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:186
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:186
msgid "Background color"
msgstr "Cor de fondo"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:275 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:187
msgid "Background color as a GdkColor"
msgstr "Cor de fondo como unha GdkColor"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:289
msgid "Background color as RGBA"
msgstr "Nome do cor de fondo como RGBA"
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:290 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:201
msgid "Background color as a GdkRGBA"
msgstr "Cor de fondo como GdkRBGA"
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:296 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:202
msgid "Foreground color name"
msgstr "Nome da cor de primeiro plano"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:297 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:203
msgid "Foreground color as a string"
msgstr "Cor de primeiro plano como unha cadea"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:304 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:210
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:133
msgid "Foreground color"
msgstr "Cor de primeiro plano"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:305
msgid "Foreground color as a GdkColor"
msgstr "Cor de primeiro plano como unha GdkColor"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:319
msgid "Foreground color as RGBA"
msgstr "Cor de primeiro plano como RGBA"
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:320
msgid "Foreground color as a GdkRGBA"
msgstr "Cor de primeiro plano como GdkRGBA"
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:328 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:662
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:227 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:667
msgid "Editable"
msgstr "Editábel"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:329 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:228
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:668
msgid "Whether the text can be modified by the user"
msgstr "Indica se o usuario pode modificar o texto"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:336 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:344
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:243 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:251
msgid "Font"
msgstr "Tipo de letra"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:337 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:244
msgid "Font description as a string, e.g. \"Sans Italic 12\""
msgstr ""
"Descrición do tipo de letra como unha cadea, por exemplo \"Sans Italic 12\""
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:345 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:252
msgid "Font description as a PangoFontDescription struct"
msgstr "Descrición do tipo de letra como unha estrutura PangoFontDescription"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:353 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:259
msgid "Font family"
msgstr "Familia do tipo de letra"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:354 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:260
msgid "Name of the font family, e.g. Sans, Helvetica, Times, Monospace"
msgstr ""
"Nome da familia do tipo de letra, por exemplo Sans, Helvética, Times ou "
"Monospace"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:361 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:362
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:267
msgid "Font style"
msgstr "Estilo do tipo de letra"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:370 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:371
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:276
msgid "Font variant"
msgstr "Variante do tipo de letra"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:379 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:380
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:285
msgid "Font weight"
msgstr "Grosor do tipo de letra"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:389 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:390
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:296
msgid "Font stretch"
msgstr "Expandir o tipo de letra"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:398 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:399
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:305
msgid "Font size"
msgstr "Tamaño do tipo de letra"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:408 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:325
msgid "Font points"
msgstr "Puntos do tipo de letra"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:409 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:326
msgid "Font size in points"
msgstr "Tamaño do tipo de letra en puntos"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:418 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:315
msgid "Font scale"
msgstr "Escala do tipo de letra"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:419
msgid "Font scaling factor"
msgstr "Factor de escalado do tipo de letra"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:428 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:394
msgid "Rise"
msgstr "Elevación"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:429
msgid ""
"Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative)"
msgstr ""
"Desprazamento do texto sobre a liña base (por debaixo da liña base se a "
"elevación é negativa)"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:440 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:434
msgid "Strikethrough"
msgstr "Riscado"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:441 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:435
msgid "Whether to strike through the text"
msgstr "Indica se se risca o texto"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:448 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:442
msgid "Underline"
msgstr "Subliñado"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:449 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:443
msgid "Style of underline for this text"
msgstr "Estilo de subliñado para este texto"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:457 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:354
msgid "Language"
msgstr "Idioma"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:458
msgid ""
"The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint "
"when rendering the text. If you don't understand this parameter, you "
"probably don't need it"
msgstr ""
"O idioma en que está este texto como un código ISO. O Pango pode empregar "
"isto como unha axuda cando está renderizando o texto. Se non comprende este "
"parámetro probabelmente non o necesite"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:478 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:681
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:175
msgid "Ellipsize"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgstr "Elipsis"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:479
msgid ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the cell renderer does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string"
msgstr ""
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
"O lugar preferido para a elipse a cadea, se o renderizador da cela non ten "
"espazo suficiente para mostrar a cadea completa"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:498 ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:411
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:702
msgid "Width In Characters"
msgstr "Largura en caracteres"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:499 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:703
msgid "The desired width of the label, in characters"
msgstr "A largura desexada da etiqueta, en caracteres"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:523 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:763
2010-08-23 00:22:00 +00:00
msgid "Maximum Width In Characters"
msgstr "Largura máxima en caracteres"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:524
2010-08-23 00:22:00 +00:00
msgid "The maximum width of the cell, in characters"
msgstr "A largura máxima da cela, en caracteres"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:542 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:451
msgid "Wrap mode"
msgstr "Modo de axuste"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:543
msgid ""
"How to break the string into multiple lines, if the cell renderer does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string"
msgstr ""
"Como romper a cadea en liñas múltiples, se o renderizador da cela non ten "
"suficiente espazo para mostrar a cadea completa"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:562 ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:750
msgid "Wrap width"
msgstr "Largura de axuste"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:563
msgid "The width at which the text is wrapped"
msgstr "A largura á que o texto se axustará"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:583 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:319
msgid "Alignment"
msgstr "Aliñamento"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:584
msgid "How to align the lines"
msgstr "Como aliñar as liñas"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:596 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:223
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:540
msgid "Background set"
msgstr "Definición do fondo"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:597 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:224
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:541
msgid "Whether this tag affects the background color"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á cor de fondo"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:600 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:548
msgid "Foreground set"
msgstr "Definición do primeiro plano"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:601 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:549
msgid "Whether this tag affects the foreground color"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á cor de primeiro plano"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:604 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:552
msgid "Editability set"
msgstr "Definición da editabilidade"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:605 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:553
msgid "Whether this tag affects text editability"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á editabilidade do texto"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:608 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:556
msgid "Font family set"
msgstr "Definición da familia do tipo de letra"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:609 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:557
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font family"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á familia do tipo de letra"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:612 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:560
msgid "Font style set"
msgstr "Definición do estilo do tipo de letra"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:613 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:561
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font style"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao estilo do tipo de letra"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:616 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:564
msgid "Font variant set"
msgstr "Definición da variante do tipo de letra"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:617 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:565
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font variant"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á variante do tipo de letra"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:620 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:568
msgid "Font weight set"
msgstr "Definición do grosor do tipo de letra"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:621 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:569
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font weight"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao grosor do tipo de letra"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:624 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:572
msgid "Font stretch set"
msgstr "Definición da expansión do tipo de letra"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:625 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:573
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font stretch"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á expansión do tipo de letra"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:628 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:576
msgid "Font size set"
msgstr "Definición do tamaño do tipo de letra"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:629 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:577
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font size"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao tamaño do tipo de letra"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:632 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:580
msgid "Font scale set"
msgstr "Definición da escala do tipo de letra"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:633 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:581
msgid "Whether this tag scales the font size by a factor"
msgstr "Indica se esta etiqueta escala o tamaño do tipo de letra por un factor"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:636 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:600
msgid "Rise set"
msgstr "Definición da elevación"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:637 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:601
msgid "Whether this tag affects the rise"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á elevación"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:640 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:616
msgid "Strikethrough set"
msgstr "Definición do riscado"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:641 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:617
msgid "Whether this tag affects strikethrough"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao riscado"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:644 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:624
msgid "Underline set"
msgstr "Definición do subliñado"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:645 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:625
msgid "Whether this tag affects underlining"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao subliñado"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:648 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:588
msgid "Language set"
msgstr "Definición do idioma"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:649 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:589
msgid "Whether this tag affects the language the text is rendered as"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao idioma en que se renderiza o texto"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:652
msgid "Ellipsize set"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgstr "Definición da elipse"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:653
msgid "Whether this tag affects the ellipsize mode"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao modo de elipse"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:656
msgid "Align set"
msgstr "Definición de aliñamento"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:657
msgid "Whether this tag affects the alignment mode"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao modo de aliñamento"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:128
msgid "Toggle state"
msgstr "Estado alternábel"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:129
msgid "The toggle state of the button"
msgstr "O estado alternábel do botón"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:136
msgid "Inconsistent state"
msgstr "Estado inconsistente"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:137
msgid "The inconsistent state of the button"
msgstr "O estado inconsistente do botón"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:144
msgid "Activatable"
msgstr "Activábel"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:145
msgid "The toggle button can be activated"
msgstr "O botón de estado pódese activar"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:152
msgid "Radio state"
msgstr "Estado de opción"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:153
msgid "Draw the toggle button as a radio button"
msgstr "Debuxar o botón de estado como un botón de opción"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:160
msgid "Indicator size"
msgstr "Tamaño do indicador"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:161 ../gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:72
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:129
msgid "Size of check or radio indicator"
msgstr "Tamaño do indicador de opción ou de verificación"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:200
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgid "Background RGBA color"
msgstr "Cor de fondo RGBA"
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:215
msgid "CellView model"
msgstr "Modelo CellView"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:216
msgid "The model for cell view"
msgstr "O modelo para a visualización de cela"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:71 ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:128
msgid "Indicator Size"
msgstr "Tamaño do indicador"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:79 ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:267
msgid "Indicator Spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento do indicador"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:80
msgid "Spacing around check or radio indicator"
msgstr "Espazamento ao redor do indicador de opción ou de verificación"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:106
msgid "Whether the menu item is checked"
msgstr "Indica se o elemento de menú está seleccionado"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:113 ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:130
msgid "Inconsistent"
msgstr "Inconsistente"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:114
msgid "Whether to display an \"inconsistent\" state"
msgstr "Indica se se debe mostrar un estado \"inconsistente\""
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:121
msgid "Draw as radio menu item"
msgstr "Debuxar como un elemento do menú de opción"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:122
msgid "Whether the menu item looks like a radio menu item"
msgstr ""
"Indica se a aparencia do elemento de menú é como un elemento do menú de "
"opción"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:158
msgid "Use alpha"
msgstr "Usar alfa"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:159
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether to give the color an alpha value"
msgstr "Indica se debe dárselle ou non un valor alfa á cor"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:173 ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:397
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:140 ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:115
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:415 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:286
msgid "Title"
msgstr "Título"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:174
msgid "The title of the color selection dialog"
msgstr "O título do diálogo de selección da cor"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:188 ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:325
msgid "Current Color"
msgstr "Cor actual"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:189
msgid "The selected color"
msgstr "A cor seleccionada"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:203 ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:332
msgid "Current Alpha"
msgstr "Alfa actual"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:204
msgid "The selected opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)"
msgstr ""
"O valor de opacidade actual (0 é completamente transparente; 65535 é "
"completamente opaco)"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:218
msgid "Current RGBA Color"
msgstr "Cor RGBA actual"
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:219
msgid "The selected RGBA color"
msgstr "A cor RGBA seleccionada"
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:311
msgid "Has Opacity Control"
msgstr "Ten un control de opacidade"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:312
msgid "Whether the color selector should allow setting opacity"
msgstr "Indica se o selector de cor pode permitir seleccionar a opacidade"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:318
msgid "Has palette"
msgstr "Ten unha paleta"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:319
msgid "Whether a palette should be used"
msgstr "Indica se se pode usar unha paleta"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:326
msgid "The current color"
msgstr "A cor actual"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:333
msgid "The current opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)"
msgstr ""
"O valor de opacidade actual (0 é completamente transparente, 65535 é "
"completamente opaco)"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:347
msgid "Current RGBA"
msgstr "RGBA actual"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:348
msgid "The current RGBA color"
msgstr "A cor RGBA actual"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:110
msgid "Color Selection"
msgstr "Selección de cor"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:111
msgid "The color selection embedded in the dialog."
msgstr "A selección de cor incorporada no diálogo."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:117
msgid "OK Button"
msgstr "Botón Aceptar"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:118
msgid "The OK button of the dialog."
msgstr "O botón Aceptar do diálogo."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:124
msgid "Cancel Button"
msgstr "Botón Cancelar"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:125
msgid "The cancel button of the dialog."
msgstr "O botón Cancelar do diálogo."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:131
msgid "Help Button"
msgstr "Botón Axuda"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:132
msgid "The help button of the dialog."
msgstr "O botón Axuda do diálogo."
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:733
msgid "ComboBox model"
msgstr "Modelo de caixa de combinación"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:734
msgid "The model for the combo box"
msgstr "O modelo para a caixa de combinación"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:751
msgid "Wrap width for laying out the items in a grid"
msgstr "Largura de axuste para distribuír os elementos nunha grade"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:773
msgid "Row span column"
msgstr "Columna de expansión da fila"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:774
msgid "TreeModel column containing the row span values"
msgstr "Columna TreeModel que contén os valores de expansión da fila"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:795
msgid "Column span column"
msgstr "Columna de expansión da columna"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:796
msgid "TreeModel column containing the column span values"
msgstr "Columna TreeModel que contén os valores de expansión da columna"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:817
msgid "Active item"
msgstr "Elemento activo"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:818
msgid "The item which is currently active"
msgstr "O elemento que está activo actualmente"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:837 ../gtk/gtkuimanager.c:224
msgid "Add tearoffs to menus"
msgstr "Engadir tiradores aos menús"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:838
msgid "Whether dropdowns should have a tearoff menu item"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os menús despregábeis deben ter un elemento de menú desprazábel"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:853 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:687
msgid "Has Frame"
msgstr "Ten marco"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:854
msgid "Whether the combo box draws a frame around the child"
msgstr "Indica se a caixa de combinación debuxa un marco ao redor do fillo"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:862
msgid "Whether the combo box grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse"
msgstr "Indica se a caixa de combinación captura o foco cando se preme co rato"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:877 ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:575
msgid "Tearoff Title"
msgstr "Título do tirador"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:878
msgid ""
"A title that may be displayed by the window manager when the popup is torn-"
"off"
msgstr ""
"Un título que o xestor de xanelas pode mostrar cando o menú emerxente se "
"separa"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:895
msgid "Popup shown"
msgstr "Menú emerxente mostrado"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:896
msgid "Whether the combo's dropdown is shown"
msgstr "Indica se se mostra o despregábel da caixa de combinación"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:912
msgid "Button Sensitivity"
msgstr "Sensibilidade do botón"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:913
msgid "Whether the dropdown button is sensitive when the model is empty"
msgstr "Indica se o botón despregábel é sensíbel cando o modelo está baleiro"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:929
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Whether combo box has an entry"
msgstr "Indica se o ComboBox ten unha entrada"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:944
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Entry Text Column"
msgstr "Columna de entrada de texto"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:945
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid ""
"The column in the combo box's model to associate with strings from the entry "
"if the combo was created with #GtkComboBox:has-entry = %TRUE"
msgstr ""
"A columna no modelo de caixa de combinación para asociar con cadeas da "
"entrada se a caixa combinada creouse con #GtkComboBox:has-entry = %TRUE"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:962
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Popup Fixed Width"
msgstr "Anchura fixa de emerxente"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:963
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the popup's width should be a fixed width matching the allocated "
"width of the combo box"
msgstr ""
"Indica se a anchura do emerxente debería ser fixa coincidindo coa anchura "
"reservada para a caixa de combinación"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:971
msgid "Appears as list"
msgstr "Móstrase como unha lista"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:972
msgid "Whether dropdowns should look like lists rather than menus"
msgstr "Indica se os despregábeis deben parecerse a listas en vez de a menús"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:988
msgid "Arrow Size"
msgstr "Tamaño da frecha"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:989
msgid "The minimum size of the arrow in the combo box"
msgstr "O tamaño mínimo da frecha no caixa de combinación"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:1004 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:787 ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:182
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:189 ../gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:178 ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:597
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkviewport.c:155
msgid "Shadow type"
msgstr "Tipo de sombra"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:1005
msgid "Which kind of shadow to draw around the combo box"
msgstr "A clase de sombra que se debuxa ao redor da caixa de combinación"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:472
msgid "Resize mode"
msgstr "Modo de redimensionamento"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:473
msgid "Specify how resize events are handled"
msgstr "Especifica como se manipulan os eventos de redimensionamento"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:480
msgid "Border width"
msgstr "Largura do bordo"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:481
msgid "The width of the empty border outside the containers children"
msgstr "A largura do bordo baleiro fóra dos contedores fillos"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:489
msgid "Child"
msgstr "Fillo"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:490
msgid "Can be used to add a new child to the container"
msgstr "Pode usarse para engadir un fillo novo ao contedor"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:165 ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:430
msgid "Content area border"
msgstr "Bordo da área de contidos"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:166
msgid "Width of border around the main dialog area"
msgstr "Largura do bordo ao redor da área principal da caixa de diálogo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:183 ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:447
msgid "Content area spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento da área de contido"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:184
msgid "Spacing between elements of the main dialog area"
msgstr "O espazamento entre os elementos da área de diálogo principal"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:191 ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:463
msgid "Button spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento dos botóns"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:192 ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:464
msgid "Spacing between buttons"
msgstr "Espazamento entre os botóns"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:200 ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:479
msgid "Action area border"
msgstr "Bordo da área de acción"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:201
msgid "Width of border around the button area at the bottom of the dialog"
msgstr ""
"Largura do bordo ao redor da área do botón na parte inferior da caixa de "
"diálogo"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:634
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "Text Buffer"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Búfer de texto"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:635
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "Text buffer object which actually stores entry text"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Obxecto de búfer de texto que almacena actualmente a entrada de texto"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:642 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:644
msgid "Cursor Position"
msgstr "Posición do cursor"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:643 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:645
msgid "The current position of the insertion cursor in chars"
msgstr "A posición actual do cursor de inserción en caracteres"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:652 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:654
msgid "Selection Bound"
msgstr "Límite da selección"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:653 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:655
msgid ""
"The position of the opposite end of the selection from the cursor in chars"
msgstr "A posición en caracteres do extremo oposto da selección desde o cursor"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:663
msgid "Whether the entry contents can be edited"
msgstr "Indica se os contidos da entrada se poden editar"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:670 ../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:382
msgid "Maximum length"
msgstr "Lonxitude máxima"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:671 ../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:383
msgid "Maximum number of characters for this entry. Zero if no maximum"
msgstr "Número máximo de caracteres nesta entrada. É cero se non hai un máximo"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:679
msgid "Visibility"
msgstr "Visibilidade"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:680
msgid ""
"FALSE displays the \"invisible char\" instead of the actual text (password "
"mode)"
msgstr ""
"FALSE mostra o \"carácter invisíbel\" en lugar do texto actual (no modo "
"contrasinal)"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:688
msgid "FALSE removes outside bevel from entry"
msgstr "FALSE elimina o bisel exterior da entrada"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:696
msgid ""
"Border between text and frame. Overrides the inner-border style property"
msgstr ""
"Bordo entre o texto e o marco. Sobreponse á propiedade de estilo do bordo "
"interno"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:703 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1269
msgid "Invisible character"
msgstr "Carácter invisíbel"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:704 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1270
msgid "The character to use when masking entry contents (in \"password mode\")"
msgstr ""
"O carácter que usar cando se oculten os contidos da entrada (no \"modo de "
"contrasinal\")"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:711
msgid "Activates default"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Activa o predefinido"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:712
msgid ""
"Whether to activate the default widget (such as the default button in a "
"dialog) when Enter is pressed"
msgstr ""
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
"Indica se se debe activar o widget predefinido (como o botón predefinido "
"nunha caixa de diálogo) cando se prema a tecla Intro"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:718
msgid "Width in chars"
msgstr "Largura en caracteres"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:719
msgid "Number of characters to leave space for in the entry"
msgstr "Número de caracteres para os que deixar espazo na entrada"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:728
msgid "Scroll offset"
msgstr "Compensación do desprazamento"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:729
msgid "Number of pixels of the entry scrolled off the screen to the left"
msgstr ""
"Número de píxeles da entrada desprazados fóra da pantalla e cara á esquerda"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:739
msgid "The contents of the entry"
msgstr "Os contidos da entrada"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:754 ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:81
msgid "X align"
msgstr "Aliñamento X"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:755 ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:82
msgid ""
"The horizontal alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL "
"layouts."
msgstr ""
"O aliñamento horizontal, desde 0 (esquerda) até 1 (dereita). Ao revés para "
"disposicións DAE."
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:771
msgid "Truncate multiline"
msgstr "Truncar multiliña"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:772
msgid "Whether to truncate multiline pastes to one line."
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se se truncan as accións de pegar multiliñas nunha liña."
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:788
msgid "Which kind of shadow to draw around the entry when has-frame is set"
msgstr ""
"Que tipo de sombra debuxar ao redor da entrada cando has-frame está activado"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:803 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:747
msgid "Overwrite mode"
msgstr "Modo de sobrescritura"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:804
msgid "Whether new text overwrites existing text"
msgstr "Indica se o texto novo sobrescribe o texto existente"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:818 ../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:367
msgid "Text length"
msgstr "Lonxitude de texto"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:819
msgid "Length of the text currently in the entry"
msgstr "A lonxitude do texto que está actualmente na entrada"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:834
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Invisible character set"
msgstr "Conxunto de caracteres invisíbel"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:835
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether the invisible character has been set"
msgstr "Indica se o carácter invisíbel foi definido"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:853
msgid "Caps Lock warning"
msgstr "Aviso de Bloq Maiús"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:854
msgid "Whether password entries will show a warning when Caps Lock is on"
msgstr ""
"Indica se as entradas de contrasinal mostrarán un aviso cando Bloq Maiús "
"estea activado"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:868
msgid "Progress Fraction"
msgstr "Fracción de progreso"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:869
msgid "The current fraction of the task that's been completed"
msgstr "A fracción actual da tarefa que está terminada"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:886
msgid "Progress Pulse Step"
msgstr "Paso de pulso de progreso"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:887
msgid ""
"The fraction of total entry width to move the progress bouncing block for "
"each call to gtk_entry_progress_pulse()"
msgstr ""
"A fracción total da largura da entrada para mover o bloque de rebote de "
"progreso para cada chamada a gtk_entry_progress_pulse()"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:903
msgid "Primary pixbuf"
msgstr "Pixbuf primario"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:904
msgid "Primary pixbuf for the entry"
msgstr "O pixbuf primario para a entrada"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:918
msgid "Secondary pixbuf"
msgstr "Pixbuf secundario"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:919
msgid "Secondary pixbuf for the entry"
msgstr "O pixbuf secundario para a entrada"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:933
msgid "Primary stock ID"
msgstr "ID de inventario primario"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:934
msgid "Stock ID for primary icon"
msgstr "O ID de inventario para a icona primaria"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:948
msgid "Secondary stock ID"
msgstr "ID de inventario secundario"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:949
msgid "Stock ID for secondary icon"
msgstr "O ID de inventario para a icona secundaria"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:963
msgid "Primary icon name"
msgstr "Nome de icona primaria"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:964
msgid "Icon name for primary icon"
msgstr "O nome de icona para a icona primaria"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:978
msgid "Secondary icon name"
msgstr "Nome de icona secundaria"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:979
msgid "Icon name for secondary icon"
msgstr "O nome de icona para a icona secundaria"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:993
msgid "Primary GIcon"
msgstr "GIcon primaria"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:994
msgid "GIcon for primary icon"
msgstr "O nome para a GIcon primaria"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1008
msgid "Secondary GIcon"
msgstr "GIcon secundaria"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1009
msgid "GIcon for secondary icon"
msgstr "O nome para a GIcon secundaria"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1023
msgid "Primary storage type"
msgstr "Tipo de almacenamento primario"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1024
msgid "The representation being used for primary icon"
msgstr "A representación usada para a icona primaria"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1039
msgid "Secondary storage type"
msgstr "Tipo de almacenamento secundario"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1040
msgid "The representation being used for secondary icon"
msgstr "A representación usada para a icona secundaria"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1061
msgid "Primary icon activatable"
msgstr "Icona primaria activábel"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1062
msgid "Whether the primary icon is activatable"
msgstr "Indica se a icona primaria é activábel"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1082
msgid "Secondary icon activatable"
msgstr "Icona secundaria activábel"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1083
msgid "Whether the secondary icon is activatable"
msgstr "Indica se a icona secundaria é activábel"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1105
msgid "Primary icon sensitive"
msgstr "Sensibilidade da icona primaria"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1106
msgid "Whether the primary icon is sensitive"
msgstr "Indica se a icona primaria é sensíbel"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1127
msgid "Secondary icon sensitive"
msgstr "Sensibilidade da icona secundaria"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1128
msgid "Whether the secondary icon is sensitive"
msgstr "Indica se a icona secundaria é sensíbel"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1144
msgid "Primary icon tooltip text"
msgstr "Texto da indicación da icona primaria"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1145 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1181
msgid "The contents of the tooltip on the primary icon"
msgstr "O contido da indicación da icona primaria"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1161
msgid "Secondary icon tooltip text"
msgstr "Texto da indicación da icona secundaria"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1162 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1200
msgid "The contents of the tooltip on the secondary icon"
msgstr "O contido da indicación da icona secundaria"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1180
msgid "Primary icon tooltip markup"
msgstr "Marcación da indicación da icona primaria"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1199
msgid "Secondary icon tooltip markup"
msgstr "Marcación da indicación da icona secundaria"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1219 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:775
msgid "IM module"
msgstr "Módulo MI"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1220 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:776
msgid "Which IM module should be used"
msgstr "O módulo de MI que se debería usar"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1234
msgid "Icon Prelight"
msgstr "Iluminación previa da icona"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1235
msgid "Whether activatable icons should prelight when hovered"
msgstr ""
"Indica se as iconas activábeis se deberían iluminar previamente ao pasar o "
"rato por encima"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1248
msgid "Progress Border"
msgstr "Bordo do progreso"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1249
msgid "Border around the progress bar"
msgstr "O bordo ao redor da barra de progreso"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1741
msgid "Border between text and frame."
msgstr "Bordo entre o texto e o marco."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:353
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "The contents of the buffer"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Os contidos do búfer"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:368
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Length of the text currently in the buffer"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "A lonxitude do texto que está actualmente no búfer"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:280
msgid "Completion Model"
msgstr "Modelo de completado"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:281
msgid "The model to find matches in"
msgstr "O modelo para encontrar coincidencias"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:287
msgid "Minimum Key Length"
msgstr "Lonxitude mínima da chave"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:288
msgid "Minimum length of the search key in order to look up matches"
msgstr "Lonxitude mínima da chave de busca para encontrar coincidencias"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:304 ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:612
msgid "Text column"
msgstr "Columna de texto"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:305
msgid "The column of the model containing the strings."
msgstr "Unha columna do modelo que contén as cadeas."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:324
msgid "Inline completion"
msgstr "Completado en liña"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:325
msgid "Whether the common prefix should be inserted automatically"
msgstr "Indica se o prefixo común se debe inserir automaticamente"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:339
msgid "Popup completion"
msgstr "Emerxer os completados"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:340
msgid "Whether the completions should be shown in a popup window"
msgstr "Indica se os completados se deben mostrar nunha xanela emerxente"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:355
msgid "Popup set width"
msgstr "O emerxente define a largura"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:356
msgid "If TRUE, the popup window will have the same size as the entry"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, a xanela emerxente terá o mesmo tamaño que a entrada"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:374
msgid "Popup single match"
msgstr "Emerxente para coincidencia única"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:375
msgid "If TRUE, the popup window will appear for a single match."
msgstr "Se é TRUE, a xanela emerxente aparecerá para unha coincidencia única."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:389
msgid "Inline selection"
msgstr "Selección en liña"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:390
msgid "Your description here"
msgstr "A súa descrición aquí"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkeventbox.c:101
msgid "Visible Window"
msgstr "Xanela visíbel"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkeventbox.c:102
msgid ""
"Whether the event box is visible, as opposed to invisible and only used to "
"trap events."
msgstr ""
"Indica se a caixa de eventos é visíbel, ao contrario da invisíbel; só se usa "
"para capturar eventos."
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkeventbox.c:108
msgid "Above child"
msgstr "Encima do fillo"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkeventbox.c:109
msgid ""
"Whether the event-trapping window of the eventbox is above the window of the "
"child widget as opposed to below it."
msgstr ""
"Indica se a xanela captadora de eventos da caixa de eventos está por encima "
"da xanela do widget fillo ao contrario de por debaixo dela."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:201
msgid "Expanded"
msgstr "Expandido"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:202
msgid "Whether the expander has been opened to reveal the child widget"
msgstr "Indica se o expansor foi aberto para deixar ver o widget fillo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:210
msgid "Text of the expander's label"
msgstr "Texto da etiqueta do expansor"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:225 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:563
msgid "Use markup"
msgstr "Usar a marcación"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:226 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:564
msgid "The text of the label includes XML markup. See pango_parse_markup()"
msgstr "O texto da etiqueta inclúe marcación XML. Vexa pango_parse_markup()"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:234
msgid "Space to put between the label and the child"
msgstr "Espazo para pór entre a etiqueta e o fillo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:243 ../gtk/gtkframe.c:165 ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:216
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1578
msgid "Label widget"
msgstr "Widget etiqueta"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:244
msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual expander label"
msgstr "Un widget para mostrar en lugar da etiqueta habitual do expansor"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:251
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Label fill"
msgstr "Recheo da etiqueta"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:252
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether the label widget should fill all available horizontal space"
msgstr ""
"Indica se o widget etiqueta deben encher todo o espazo horizontal dispoñíbel"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:258 ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1606
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:770
msgid "Expander Size"
msgstr "Tamaño do expansor"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:259 ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1607
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:771
msgid "Size of the expander arrow"
msgstr "Tamaño da frecha do expansor"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:268
msgid "Spacing around expander arrow"
msgstr "Espazamento ao redor da frecha do expansor"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:366
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Dialog"
msgstr "Diálogo"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:367
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "The file chooser dialog to use."
msgstr "O diálogo do selector de ficheiros para usar."
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:398
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "The title of the file chooser dialog."
msgstr "O título do diálogo de selección de ficheiros."
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:412
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters."
msgstr "A largura desexada do widget de botón, en caracteres."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:740
msgid "Action"
msgstr "Acción"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:741
msgid "The type of operation that the file selector is performing"
msgstr "O tipo de operación que o selector de ficheiro está realizando"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:747 ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:264
msgid "Filter"
msgstr "Filtro"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:748
msgid "The current filter for selecting which files are displayed"
msgstr "O filtro actual para seleccionar que ficheiros se mostran"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:753
msgid "Local Only"
msgstr "Só local"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:754
msgid "Whether the selected file(s) should be limited to local file: URLs"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os ficheiros seleccionados deben limitarse a URL tipo 'file:' "
"locais"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:759
msgid "Preview widget"
msgstr "Widget de previsualización"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:760
msgid "Application supplied widget for custom previews."
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Widget de aplicativo fornecido para previsualizacións personalizadas."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:765
msgid "Preview Widget Active"
msgstr "Widget de previsualización activo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:766
msgid ""
"Whether the application supplied widget for custom previews should be shown."
msgstr ""
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
"Indica se se debería mostrar o widget fornecido polo aplicativo para "
"previsualizacións personalizadas."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:771
msgid "Use Preview Label"
msgstr "Usar a etiqueta de previsualización"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:772
msgid "Whether to display a stock label with the name of the previewed file."
msgstr ""
"Indica se se debe mostrar unha etiqueta co nome do ficheiro previsualizado."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:777
msgid "Extra widget"
msgstr "Widget adicional"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:778
msgid "Application supplied widget for extra options."
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Widget de aplicativo fornecido para opcións adicionais."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:783 ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:203
msgid "Select Multiple"
msgstr "Selección múltiple"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:784
msgid "Whether to allow multiple files to be selected"
msgstr "Indica se se permite seleccionar múltiples ficheiros"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:790
msgid "Show Hidden"
msgstr "Mostrar os ocultos"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:791
msgid "Whether the hidden files and folders should be displayed"
msgstr "Indica se os ficheiros e cartafoles ocultos se deben mostrar"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:806
msgid "Do overwrite confirmation"
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
msgstr "Confirmar a sobrescritura"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:807
msgid ""
"Whether a file chooser in save mode will present an overwrite confirmation "
"dialog if necessary."
msgstr ""
"Indica se un selector de ficheiros en modo de gardado presentará un diálogo "
"de confirmación de sobrescritura se é necesario."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:823
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Allow folder creation"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Permitir a creación de cartafoles"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:824
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether a file chooser not in open mode will offer the user to create new "
"folders."
msgstr ""
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
"Indica se un selector de ficheiros sen estar en modo aberto lle ofrecerá ao "
"usuario crear cartafoles novos."
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfixed.c:98 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:610
msgid "X position"
msgstr "Posición X"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfixed.c:99 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:611
msgid "X position of child widget"
msgstr "Posición X do widget fillo"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfixed.c:108 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:620
msgid "Y position"
msgstr "Posición Y"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfixed.c:109 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:621
msgid "Y position of child widget"
msgstr "Posición Y do widget fillo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:141
msgid "The title of the font selection dialog"
msgstr "O título do diálogo de selección do tipo de letra"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:156 ../gtk/gtkfontsel.c:223
msgid "Font name"
msgstr "Nome do tipo de letra"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:157
msgid "The name of the selected font"
msgstr "O nome do tipo de letra seleccionado"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:158
msgid "Sans 12"
msgstr "Sans 12"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:173
msgid "Use font in label"
msgstr "Usar o tipo de letra na etiqueta"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:174
msgid "Whether the label is drawn in the selected font"
msgstr "Indica se a etiqueta se debuxa co tipo de letra seleccionado"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:189
msgid "Use size in label"
msgstr "Usar o tamaño na etiqueta"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:190
msgid "Whether the label is drawn with the selected font size"
msgstr "Indica se a etiqueta se debuxa co tamaño de tipo de letra seleccionado"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:206
msgid "Show style"
msgstr "Mostrar o estilo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:207
msgid "Whether the selected font style is shown in the label"
msgstr "Indica se o estilo de tipo de letra seleccionado se mostra na etiqueta"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:222
msgid "Show size"
msgstr "Mostrar o tamaño"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:223
msgid "Whether selected font size is shown in the label"
msgstr "Indica se o tamaño de tipo de letra seleccionado se mostra na etiqueta"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontsel.c:224
msgid "The string that represents this font"
msgstr "A cadea que representa este tipo de letra"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontsel.c:230
msgid "Preview text"
msgstr "Previsualizar o texto"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontsel.c:231
msgid "The text to display in order to demonstrate the selected font"
msgstr ""
"O texto que mostrar como exemplo para indicar o tipo de letra seleccionado"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:131
msgid "Text of the frame's label"
msgstr "Texto da etiqueta do marco"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:138
msgid "Label xalign"
msgstr "Aliñamento x da etiqueta"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:139
msgid "The horizontal alignment of the label"
msgstr "O aliñamento horizontal da etiqueta"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:147
msgid "Label yalign"
msgstr "Aliñamento y da etiqueta"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:148
msgid "The vertical alignment of the label"
msgstr "O aliñamento vertical da etiqueta"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:156
msgid "Frame shadow"
msgstr "Sombra do marco"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:157
msgid "Appearance of the frame border"
msgstr "Aparencia do bordo do marco"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:166
msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual frame label"
msgstr "Un widget para mostrar en lugar da etiqueta de marco habitual"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:183
msgid "Appearance of the shadow that surrounds the container"
msgstr "Aparencia da sombra que rodea o contedor"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:191
msgid "Handle position"
msgstr "Posición do manipulador"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:192
msgid "Position of the handle relative to the child widget"
msgstr "Posición do manipulador en relación ao widget fillo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:200
msgid "Snap edge"
msgstr "Axustar ao bordo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:201
msgid ""
"Side of the handlebox that's lined up with the docking point to dock the "
"handlebox"
msgstr ""
"Lado da caixa manipuladora que está aliñado co punto de ancoraxe, para "
"ancorar a caixa manipuladora"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:209
msgid "Snap edge set"
msgstr "Definición do axuste de bordo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:210
msgid ""
"Whether to use the value from the snap_edge property or a value derived from "
"handle_position"
msgstr ""
"Indica se se usa o valor da propiedade snap_edge ou un valor derivado de "
"handle_position"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:217
msgid "Child Detached"
msgstr "Fillo separado"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:218
msgid ""
"A boolean value indicating whether the handlebox's child is attached or "
"detached."
msgstr ""
"Un valor booleano que indica se a caixa de manipulación do fillo está "
"separada ou anexada."
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:575
msgid "Selection mode"
msgstr "Modo de selección"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:576
msgid "The selection mode"
msgstr "O modo de selección"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:594
msgid "Pixbuf column"
msgstr "Columna de pixbuf"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:595
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the icon pixbuf from"
msgstr "Columna modelo usada para recuperar o pixbuf da icona"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:613
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the text from"
msgstr "Columna modelo usada para recuperar o texto"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:632
msgid "Markup column"
msgstr "Columna de marcación"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:633
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the text if using Pango markup"
msgstr ""
"Columna modelo usada para recuperar o texto se se emprega a marcación Pango"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:640
msgid "Icon View Model"
msgstr "Modelo de visualización de icona"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:641
msgid "The model for the icon view"
msgstr "O modelo para a visualización de icona"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:657
msgid "Number of columns"
msgstr "Número de columnas"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:658
msgid "Number of columns to display"
msgstr "O número de columnas que se mostran"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:675
msgid "Width for each item"
msgstr "Largura de cada elemento"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:676
msgid "The width used for each item"
msgstr "A largura usada para cada elemento"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:692
msgid "Space which is inserted between cells of an item"
msgstr "Espazo que se introduce entre as celas dun elemento"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:707
msgid "Row Spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento de fila"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:708
msgid "Space which is inserted between grid rows"
msgstr "Espazo que se introduce entre as filas da grade"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:723
msgid "Column Spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento de columna"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:724
msgid "Space which is inserted between grid columns"
msgstr "Espazo que se introduce entre as columnas da grade"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:739
msgid "Margin"
msgstr "Marxe"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:740
msgid "Space which is inserted at the edges of the icon view"
msgstr "Espazo que se insire nos bordos da visualización de icona"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:755
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Item Orientation"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Orientación do elemento"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:756
msgid ""
"How the text and icon of each item are positioned relative to each other"
msgstr ""
"Como se sitúan o texto e a icona de cada elemento en relación un ao outro"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:772 ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:605
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:329
msgid "Reorderable"
msgstr "Reordenábel"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:773 ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:606
msgid "View is reorderable"
msgstr "A visualización é reordenábel"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:780 ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:756
msgid "Tooltip Column"
msgstr "Columna de indicación"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:781
msgid "The column in the model containing the tooltip texts for the items"
msgstr ""
"A columna do modelo que contén os textos de indicación para os elementos"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:798
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgid "Item Padding"
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
msgstr "Recheo de ítem"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:799
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgid "Padding around icon view items"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Recheo arredor dos ítems de iconas"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:812
msgid "Selection Box Color"
msgstr "Cor da caixa de selección"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:813
msgid "Color of the selection box"
msgstr "Cor da caixa de selección"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:819
msgid "Selection Box Alpha"
msgstr "Alfa da caixa de selección"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:820
msgid "Opacity of the selection box"
msgstr "Opacidade da caixa de selección"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:227 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:212
msgid "Pixbuf"
msgstr "Pixbuf"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:228 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:213
msgid "A GdkPixbuf to display"
msgstr "Un GdkPixbuf para mostrar"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:235 ../gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:294
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:220
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
msgid "Filename"
msgstr "Nome do ficheiro"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:236 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:221
msgid "Filename to load and display"
msgstr "Nome de ficheiro para cargar e mostrar"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:245 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:229
msgid "Stock ID for a stock image to display"
msgstr "ID de inventario para unha imaxe de inventario para mostrar"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:252
msgid "Icon set"
msgstr "Definición da icona"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:253
msgid "Icon set to display"
msgstr "Definición da icona para mostrar"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:260 ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:230 ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:514
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1003
msgid "Icon size"
msgstr "Tamaño da icona"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:261
msgid "Symbolic size to use for stock icon, icon set or named icon"
msgstr ""
"Tamaño simbólico que usar para a icona de inventario, conxunto de iconas ou "
"icona con nome"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:277
msgid "Pixel size"
msgstr "Tamaño do píxel"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:278
msgid "Pixel size to use for named icon"
msgstr "Tamaño do píxel que usar para a icona con nome"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:286
msgid "Animation"
msgstr "Animación"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:287
msgid "GdkPixbufAnimation to display"
msgstr "GdkPixbufAnimation para mostrar"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:327 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:260
msgid "Storage type"
msgstr "Tipo de almacenamento"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:328 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:261
msgid "The representation being used for image data"
msgstr "A representación empregada para as informacións de imaxe"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:139
msgid "Child widget to appear next to the menu text"
msgstr "Widget fillo que aparecerá ao lado do texto de menú"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:154
msgid "Whether to use the label text to create a stock menu item"
msgstr ""
"Indica se hai que usar a etiqueta de texto para crear un elemento de menú de "
"inventario"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:187 ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:535
msgid "Accel Group"
msgstr "Grupo de teclas rápidas"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:188
msgid "The Accel Group to use for stock accelerator keys"
msgstr "O grupo de teclas rápidas para usar nas teclas rápidas de inventario"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:375 ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:201
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Message Type"
msgstr "Tipo de mensaxe"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:376 ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:202
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "The type of message"
msgstr "O tipo de mensaxe"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:431
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Width of border around the content area"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Largura do bordo ao redor da área de contido"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:448
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Spacing between elements of the area"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "O espazamento entre os elementos da área de acción"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:480
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Width of border around the action area"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Largura do bordo arredor da área de acción"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkinvisible.c:90 ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:175
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:279 ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:741
2010-08-17 16:35:35 +00:00
msgid "Screen"
msgstr "Pantalla"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkinvisible.c:91 ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:742
msgid "The screen where this window will be displayed"
msgstr "A pantalla onde se mostrará esta xanela"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:550
msgid "The text of the label"
msgstr "O texto da etiqueta"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:557
msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the label"
msgstr "Unha lista de atributos de estilos para aplicar ao texto da etiqueta"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:578 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:335 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:684
msgid "Justification"
msgstr "Xustificación"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:579
msgid ""
"The alignment of the lines in the text of the label relative to each other. "
"This does NOT affect the alignment of the label within its allocation. See "
"GtkMisc::xalign for that"
msgstr ""
"O aliñamento das liñas no texto da etiqueta en relación a cada unha. Isto "
"NON afecta ao aliñamento da etiqueta dentro da súa asignación Ver GtkMisc::"
"xalign para iso"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:587
msgid "Pattern"
msgstr "Patrón"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:588
msgid ""
"A string with _ characters in positions correspond to characters in the text "
"to underline"
msgstr ""
"Unha cadea con caracteres _ en posicións correspondentes a caracteres no "
"texto para subliñar"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:595
msgid "Line wrap"
msgstr "Axuste de liña"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:596
msgid "If set, wrap lines if the text becomes too wide"
msgstr "Se se define, axusta a liña se o texto se volve demasiado largo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:611
msgid "Line wrap mode"
msgstr "Modo de axuste de liña"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:612
msgid "If wrap is set, controls how linewrapping is done"
msgstr "Se se estabelece o axuste, controla como se fai o axuste de liña"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:619
msgid "Selectable"
msgstr "Seleccionábel"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:620
msgid "Whether the label text can be selected with the mouse"
msgstr "Indica se o texto da etiqueta pode ser seleccionado co rato"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:626
msgid "Mnemonic key"
msgstr "Tecla mnemónica"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:627
msgid "The mnemonic accelerator key for this label"
msgstr "A tecla rápida mnemónica para esta etiqueta"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:635
msgid "Mnemonic widget"
msgstr "Widget mnemónico"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:636
msgid "The widget to be activated when the label's mnemonic key is pressed"
msgstr "O widget que se activará cando se prema a tecla mnemónica da etiqueta"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:682
msgid ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the label does not have "
"enough room to display the entire string"
msgstr ""
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
"O lugar preferido para a elipse da cadea, se a etiqueta non ten suficiente "
"espazo para mostrar a cadea completa"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:723
msgid "Single Line Mode"
msgstr "Modo de liña única"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:724
msgid "Whether the label is in single line mode"
msgstr "Indica se a etiqueta está no modo de liña única"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:741
msgid "Angle"
msgstr "Ángulo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:742
msgid "Angle at which the label is rotated"
msgstr "Ángulo sobre o que se rota a etiqueta"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:764
msgid "The desired maximum width of the label, in characters"
msgstr "A largura máxima desexada da etiqueta, en caracteres"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:782
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "Track visited links"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Rexistrar as ligazóns visitadas"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:783
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "Whether visited links should be tracked"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se as ligazóns visitadas deberían ser rexistradas"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklayout.c:636 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:229
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
msgid "Width"
msgstr "Largura"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklayout.c:637
msgid "The width of the layout"
msgstr "A largura da disposición"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklayout.c:645
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
msgid "Height"
msgstr "Altura"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklayout.c:646
msgid "The height of the layout"
msgstr "A altura da disposición"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:174
msgid "URI"
msgstr "URI"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:175
msgid "The URI bound to this button"
msgstr "O URI vinculado a este botón"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:189
msgid "Visited"
msgstr "Visitada"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:190
msgid "Whether this link has been visited."
msgstr "Indica se esta ligazón foi visitada."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:163
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Pack direction"
msgstr "Dirección do empaquetado"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:164
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "The pack direction of the menubar"
msgstr "A dirección do empaquetado da barra de menú"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:180
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Child Pack direction"
msgstr "Dirección do empaquetado fillo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:181
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "The child pack direction of the menubar"
msgstr "A dirección do empaquetado fillo da barra de menú"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:190
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Style of bevel around the menubar"
msgstr "Estilo do bisel ao redor da barra de menús"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:197 ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:564
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Internal padding"
msgstr "Recheo interno"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:198
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Amount of border space between the menubar shadow and the menu items"
msgstr ""
"Cantidade de espazo do bordo entre a sombra da barra de menús e os elementos "
"de menú"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:521
msgid "The currently selected menu item"
msgstr "O elemento de menú actualmente seleccionado"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:536
msgid "The accel group holding accelerators for the menu"
msgstr "O grupo de teclas rápidas que contén as teclas rápidas para o menú"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:550 ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:316
msgid "Accel Path"
msgstr "Camiño de teclas rápidas"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:551
msgid "An accel path used to conveniently construct accel paths of child items"
msgstr ""
"Un camiño de teclas rápidas usado para construír adecuadamente os camiños de "
"teclas rápidas dos elementos fillo"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:567
msgid "Attach Widget"
msgstr "Widget anexado"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:568
msgid "The widget the menu is attached to"
msgstr "O widget ao que está anexado o menú"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:576
msgid ""
"A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-"
"off"
msgstr ""
"Un título que o xestor de xanelas poderá mostrar cando este menú estea "
"desprazado"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:590
msgid "Tearoff State"
msgstr "Estado de desprazamento"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:591
msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off"
msgstr "Un booleano que indica se o menú está desprazado"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:605
msgid "Monitor"
msgstr "Monitor"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:606
msgid "The monitor the menu will be popped up on"
msgstr "O monitor en que emerxerá o menú"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:612
msgid "Vertical Padding"
msgstr "Recheo vertical"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:613
msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu"
msgstr "O espazo adicional na parte superior e inferior do menú"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:635
2009-07-07 05:05:29 +00:00
msgid "Reserve Toggle Size"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Reservar o tamaño de alternancia"
2009-07-07 05:05:29 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:636
2009-07-07 05:05:29 +00:00
msgid ""
"A boolean that indicates whether the menu reserves space for toggles and "
"icons"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
"Un booleano que indica se o menú reserva espazo para alternancias e iconas"
2009-07-07 05:05:29 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:642
msgid "Horizontal Padding"
msgstr "Recheo horizontal"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:643
msgid "Extra space at the left and right edges of the menu"
msgstr "O espazo adicional nos bordos dereito e esquerdo do menú"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:651
msgid "Vertical Offset"
msgstr "Desprazamento vertical"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:652
msgid ""
"When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset "
"vertically"
msgstr ""
"Cando o menú é un submenú, colóqueo verticalmente con este número de píxeles "
"de desprazamento"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:660
msgid "Horizontal Offset"
msgstr "Desprazamento horizontal"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:661
msgid ""
"When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset "
"horizontally"
msgstr ""
"Cando o menú é un submenú, colóqueo horizontalmente con este número de "
"píxeles de desprazamento"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:669
msgid "Double Arrows"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Frechas dobres"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:670
msgid "When scrolling, always show both arrows."
msgstr "Mostrar sempre ambas as frechas ao desprazar."
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:683
msgid "Arrow Placement"
msgstr "Colocación da frecha"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:684
msgid "Indicates where scroll arrows should be placed"
msgstr "Indica onde se deberían colocar as frechas de desprazamento"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:692
msgid "Left Attach"
msgstr "Anexar á esquerda"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:693 ../gtk/gtktable.c:197
msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to"
msgstr "A cantidade de columnas para anexar ao lado esquerdo do fillo"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:700
msgid "Right Attach"
msgstr "Anexar á dereita"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:701
msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to"
msgstr "A cantidade de columnas para anexar ao lado dereito do fillo"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:708
msgid "Top Attach"
msgstr "Anexar arriba"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:709
msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to"
msgstr "O número de filas para anexar encima do fillo"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:716
msgid "Bottom Attach"
msgstr "Anexar abaixo"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:717 ../gtk/gtktable.c:218
msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to"
msgstr "O número de filas para anexar debaixo do fillo"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:731
msgid "Arbitrary constant to scale down the size of the scroll arrow"
msgstr ""
"Unha constante arbitraria para escalar para abaixo o tamaño da frecha de "
"desprazamento"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:283
msgid "Right Justified"
msgstr "Xustificado á dereita"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:284
msgid ""
"Sets whether the menu item appears justified at the right side of a menu bar"
msgstr ""
"Define se o elemento de menú aparece xustificado ao lado dereito dunha barra "
"de menú"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:298
msgid "Submenu"
msgstr "Submenú"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:299
msgid "The submenu attached to the menu item, or NULL if it has none"
msgstr "O submenú anexado ao elemento do menú, ou NULL se non ten ningún"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:317
msgid "Sets the accelerator path of the menu item"
msgstr "Define o camiño de teclas rápidas dun elemento de menú"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:332
msgid "The text for the child label"
msgstr "O texto da etiqueta filla"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:395
msgid "Amount of space used up by arrow, relative to the menu item's font size"
msgstr ""
"A cantidade de espazo usado pola frecha, relativa ao tamaño do tipo de letra "
"do elemento de menú"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:408
msgid "Width in Characters"
msgstr "Largura en caracteres"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:409
msgid "The minimum desired width of the menu item in characters"
msgstr "A largura mínima desexada do elemento de menú en caracteres"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenushell.c:379
msgid "Take Focus"
msgstr "Obtén o foco"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenushell.c:380
msgid "A boolean that determines whether the menu grabs the keyboard focus"
msgstr "Un booleano que determina se o menú captura o foco do teclado"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c:246
msgid "Menu"
msgstr "Menú"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c:247
msgid "The dropdown menu"
msgstr "O menú despregábel"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:184
msgid "Image/label border"
msgstr "Bordo da imaxe ou etiqueta"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:185
msgid "Width of border around the label and image in the message dialog"
msgstr "Largura do bordo ao redor da etiqueta e a imaxe no diálogo de mensaxes"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:209
msgid "Message Buttons"
msgstr "Botóns de mensaxe"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:210
msgid "The buttons shown in the message dialog"
msgstr "Os botóns mostrados no diálogo de mensaxe"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:227
msgid "The primary text of the message dialog"
msgstr "O texto primario do diálogo de mensaxe"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:242
msgid "Use Markup"
msgstr "Usar marcación"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:243
msgid "The primary text of the title includes Pango markup."
msgstr "O texto primario do título inclúe a marcación Pango."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:257
msgid "Secondary Text"
msgstr "Texto secundario"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:258
msgid "The secondary text of the message dialog"
msgstr "O texto secundario do diálogo de mensaxe"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:273
msgid "Use Markup in secondary"
msgstr "Usar marcación no secundario"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:274
msgid "The secondary text includes Pango markup."
msgstr "O texto secundario inclúe a marcación Pango."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:288
2010-08-17 16:35:35 +00:00
msgid "Image"
msgstr "Imaxe"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:289
msgid "The image"
msgstr "A imaxe"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:305
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
msgid "Message area"
msgstr "Área do mensaxes"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:306
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
msgid "GtkVBox that holds the dialog's primary and secondary labels"
msgstr "GtkVBox que contén as etiquetas primaria e secundaria do diálogo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:91
msgid "Y align"
msgstr "Aliñamento Y"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:92
msgid "The vertical alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom)"
msgstr "O aliñamento vertical, desde 0 (superior) até 1 (inferior)"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:101
msgid "X pad"
msgstr "Recheo X"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:102
msgid ""
"The amount of space to add on the left and right of the widget, in pixels"
msgstr ""
"A cantidade de espazos, en píxeles, para engadir á esquerda e dereita do "
"widget"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:111
msgid "Y pad"
msgstr "Recheo Y"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:112
msgid ""
"The amount of space to add on the top and bottom of the widget, in pixels"
msgstr ""
"A cantidade de espazos, en píxeles, para engadir na parte superior e "
"inferior do widget"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:159
msgid "Parent"
msgstr "Pai"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:160
msgid "The parent window"
msgstr "A xanela pai"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:167
msgid "Is Showing"
msgstr "Estase mostrando"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:168
msgid "Are we showing a dialog"
msgstr "Se estamos mostrando un diálogo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:176
msgid "The screen where this window will be displayed."
msgstr "A pantalla onde esta xanela se mostrará."
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:682
msgid "Page"
msgstr "Páxina"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:683
msgid "The index of the current page"
msgstr "O índice da páxina actual"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:691
msgid "Tab Position"
msgstr "Posición do separador"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:692
msgid "Which side of the notebook holds the tabs"
msgstr "Que lado do caderno contén os separadores"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:699
msgid "Show Tabs"
msgstr "Mostrar separadores"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:700
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether tabs should be shown"
msgstr "Indica se os separadores deben mostrarse ou non"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:706
msgid "Show Border"
msgstr "Mostrar bordo"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:707
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether the border should be shown"
msgstr "Indica se o bordo debe mostrarse ou non"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:713
msgid "Scrollable"
msgstr "Desprazábel"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:714
msgid "If TRUE, scroll arrows are added if there are too many tabs to fit"
msgstr ""
"Se é TRUE, engádense frechas de desprazamento se hai demasiados separadores "
"para encaixar"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:720
msgid "Enable Popup"
msgstr "Activar o menú emerxente"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:721
msgid ""
"If TRUE, pressing the right mouse button on the notebook pops up a menu that "
"you can use to go to a page"
msgstr ""
"Se é TRUE, premendo o botón dereito do rato no caderno emerxe un menú que "
"pode usar para ir a unha páxina"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:735
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Group Name"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Nome do grupo"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:736
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Group name for tab drag and drop"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Nome do grupo para o arrastre e solte dos separadores"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:743
msgid "Tab label"
msgstr "Etiqueta de separador"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:744
msgid "The string displayed on the child's tab label"
msgstr "A cadea mostrada na etiqueta do separador fillo"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:750
msgid "Menu label"
msgstr "Etiqueta de menú"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:751
msgid "The string displayed in the child's menu entry"
msgstr "A cadea mostrada na entrada de menú filla"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:764
msgid "Tab expand"
msgstr "Expansión do separador"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:765
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether to expand the child's tab"
msgstr "Indica se se expanden os separadores fillos ou non"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:771
msgid "Tab fill"
msgstr "Recheo de separador"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:772
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether the child's tab should fill the allocated area"
msgstr "Indica se os separadores fillos deberían encher a área asignada ou non"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:785
msgid "Tab pack type"
msgstr "Tipo de empaquetado de separador"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:792
msgid "Tab reorderable"
msgstr "Separador reordenábel"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:793
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether the tab is reorderable by user action"
msgstr ""
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
"Indica se o separador se pode ou non reordenar por unha acción do usuario"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:799
msgid "Tab detachable"
msgstr "Separador desprazábel"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:800
msgid "Whether the tab is detachable"
msgstr "Indica se o separador é desprazábel"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:815 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:105
msgid "Secondary backward stepper"
msgstr "Paso de retroceso secundario"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:816
msgid ""
"Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area"
msgstr ""
"Mostra un segundo botón de frecha de retroceso no extremo oposto da área de "
"tabulación"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:831 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:112
msgid "Secondary forward stepper"
msgstr "Paso de avance secundario"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:832
msgid ""
"Display a second forward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area"
msgstr ""
"Mostra un segundo botón de frecha de avance no extremo oposto da área de "
"tabulación"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:846 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:91
msgid "Backward stepper"
msgstr "Paso de retroceso"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:847 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:92
msgid "Display the standard backward arrow button"
msgstr "Mostrar o botón estándar de frecha de retroceso"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:861 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:98
msgid "Forward stepper"
msgstr "Paso de avance"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:862 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:99
msgid "Display the standard forward arrow button"
msgstr "Mostrar o botón estándar de frecha de avance"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:876
msgid "Tab overlap"
msgstr "Superposición de separador"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:877
msgid "Size of tab overlap area"
msgstr "Tamaño da área de superposición do separador"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:892
msgid "Tab curvature"
msgstr "Curvatura do separador"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:893
msgid "Size of tab curvature"
msgstr "Tamaño da curvatura do separador"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:909
msgid "Arrow spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento de frechas"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:910
msgid "Scroll arrow spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento das frechas de desprazamento"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkorientable.c:63 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:319
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:124
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Orientation"
msgstr "Orientación"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkorientable.c:64
msgid "The orientation of the orientable"
msgstr "A orientación do orientábel"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:272
msgid ""
"Position of paned separator in pixels (0 means all the way to the left/top)"
msgstr ""
"Posición do separador de sección en píxeles (0 significa todo o traxecto "
"cara á esquerda ou arriba)"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:281
msgid "Position Set"
msgstr "Definición de posición"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:282
msgid "TRUE if the Position property should be used"
msgstr "É TRUE se a propiedade de posición debe ser usada"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:288
msgid "Handle Size"
msgstr "Tamaño do manipulador"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:289
msgid "Width of handle"
msgstr "Largura do manipulador"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:305
msgid "Minimal Position"
msgstr "Posición mínima"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:306
msgid "Smallest possible value for the \"position\" property"
msgstr "O valor máis pequeno posíbel para a propiedade \"posición\""
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:323
msgid "Maximal Position"
msgstr "Posición máxima"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:324
msgid "Largest possible value for the \"position\" property"
msgstr "O valor máis grande posíbel para a propiedade \"posición\""
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:341
msgid "Resize"
msgstr "Redimensionar"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:342
msgid "If TRUE, the child expands and shrinks along with the paned widget"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, o fillo expándese e redúcese xunto coa sección do widget"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:357
msgid "Shrink"
msgstr "Reducir"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:358
msgid "If TRUE, the child can be made smaller than its requisition"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, o fillo pode facerse máis pequeno que a súa solicitude"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkplug.c:172 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:303
msgid "Embedded"
msgstr "Incorporado"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkplug.c:173
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether the plug is embedded"
msgstr "Indica se o conectador está incrustado"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkplug.c:187
msgid "Socket Window"
msgstr "Xanela de conectador"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkplug.c:188
msgid "The window of the socket the plug is embedded in"
msgstr "A xanela do conectador en que o obxecto \"plug\" está incorporado"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:126
msgid "Name of the printer"
msgstr "Nome da impresora"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:132
msgid "Backend"
msgstr "Backend"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:133
msgid "Backend for the printer"
msgstr "Backend para a impresora"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:139
msgid "Is Virtual"
msgstr "É virtual"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:140
msgid "FALSE if this represents a real hardware printer"
msgstr "É FALSE se isto representa unha impresora real de hardware"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:146
msgid "Accepts PDF"
msgstr "Acepta PDF"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:147
msgid "TRUE if this printer can accept PDF"
msgstr "É TRUE se esta impresora pode aceptar PDF"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:153
msgid "Accepts PostScript"
msgstr "Acepta PostScript"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:154
msgid "TRUE if this printer can accept PostScript"
msgstr "É TRUE se esta impresora acepta PostScript"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:160
msgid "State Message"
msgstr "Mensaxe de estado"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:161
msgid "String giving the current state of the printer"
msgstr "Unha cadea que mostra o estado actual da impresora"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:167
msgid "Location"
msgstr "Localización"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:168
msgid "The location of the printer"
msgstr "A localización da impresora"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:175
msgid "The icon name to use for the printer"
msgstr "O nome da icona que usar para a impresora"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:181
msgid "Job Count"
msgstr "Conta de traballos"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:182
msgid "Number of jobs queued in the printer"
msgstr "O número de traballos postos na fila de impresión"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:200
msgid "Paused Printer"
msgstr "Impresora detida"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:201
msgid "TRUE if this printer is paused"
msgstr "É TRUE se a impresora está detida"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:214
msgid "Accepting Jobs"
msgstr "Acepta traballos"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:215
msgid "TRUE if this printer is accepting new jobs"
msgstr "É TRUE se esta impresora acepta traballos novos"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinteroptionwidget.c:121
msgid "Source option"
msgstr "Opción de orixe"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinteroptionwidget.c:122
msgid "The PrinterOption backing this widget"
msgstr "A PrinterOption que serve de apoio para este widget"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:116
msgid "Title of the print job"
msgstr "Título do traballo de impresión"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:124
msgid "Printer"
msgstr "Impresora"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:125
msgid "Printer to print the job to"
msgstr "Impresora na que imprimir o traballo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:133
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "Configuracións"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:134
msgid "Printer settings"
msgstr "Configuracións da impresora"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:142 ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:143
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:298
msgid "Page Setup"
msgstr "Configuración da páxina"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:151 ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1133
msgid "Track Print Status"
msgstr "Seguimento do estado de impresión"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:152
msgid ""
"TRUE if the print job will continue to emit status-changed signals after the "
"print data has been sent to the printer or print server."
msgstr ""
"É TRUE se a operación de impresión continúa emitindo sinais de cambio de "
"estado despois de que os datos de impresión sexan enviados á impresora ou ao "
"servidor de impresoras."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1005
msgid "Default Page Setup"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Configuración de páxina predefinida"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1006
msgid "The GtkPageSetup used by default"
msgstr "A GtkPageSetup que se usa por defecto"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1024 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:316
msgid "Print Settings"
msgstr "Configuracións da impresora"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1025 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:317
msgid "The GtkPrintSettings used for initializing the dialog"
msgstr "Os GtkPrintSettings que se usan para inicializar o diálogo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1043
msgid "Job Name"
msgstr "Nome do traballo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1044
msgid "A string used for identifying the print job."
msgstr "Unha cadea que se usa para identificar o traballo de impresión."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1068
msgid "Number of Pages"
msgstr "Número de páxinas"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1069
msgid "The number of pages in the document."
msgstr "O número de páxinas do documento."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1090 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:306
msgid "Current Page"
msgstr "Páxina actual"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1091 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:307
msgid "The current page in the document"
msgstr "A páxina actual do documento"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1112
msgid "Use full page"
msgstr "Usar a páxina completa"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1113
msgid ""
"TRUE if the origin of the context should be at the corner of the page and "
"not the corner of the imageable area"
msgstr ""
"É TRUE se a orixe do contexto debe estar na esquina da páxina e non na "
"esquina da área de imaxe"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1134
msgid ""
"TRUE if the print operation will continue to report on the print job status "
"after the print data has been sent to the printer or print server."
msgstr ""
"É TRUE se a operación de impresión continúa informando ao traballo de "
"impresión despois de que os datos de impresión sexan enviados á impresora ou "
"ao servidor de impresoras."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1151
msgid "Unit"
msgstr "Unidade"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1152
msgid "The unit in which distances can be measured in the context"
msgstr "A unidade na que se poden medir as distancias no contexto"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1169
msgid "Show Dialog"
msgstr "Mostrar diálogo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1170
msgid "TRUE if a progress dialog is shown while printing."
msgstr "É TRUE se se mostra un diálogo de progreso ao imprimir."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1193
msgid "Allow Async"
msgstr "Permitir asíncrono"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1194
msgid "TRUE if print process may run asynchronous."
msgstr "É TRUE se o proceso de impresión se pode executar asincronamente."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1216 ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1217
msgid "Export filename"
msgstr "Exportar nome de ficheiro"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1231
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Estado"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1232
msgid "The status of the print operation"
msgstr "O estado da operación de impresión"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1252
msgid "Status String"
msgstr "Cadea de estado"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1253
msgid "A human-readable description of the status"
msgstr "Unha descrición lexíbel por humanos do estado"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1271
msgid "Custom tab label"
msgstr "Etiqueta de separador personalizado"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1272
msgid "Label for the tab containing custom widgets."
msgstr "Etiqueta para o separador que contén widgets personalizados."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1287 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:341
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Support Selection"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Permite a selección"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1288
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if the print operation will support print of selection."
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "TRUE se a operación de impresión permitirá a impresión da selección."
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1304 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:349
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Has Selection"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Ten unha selección"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1305
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if a selection exists."
2010-05-14 07:47:29 +00:00
msgstr "TRUE se existe unha selección."
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1320 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:357
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "Embed Page Setup"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Configuración da páxina incorporada"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1321
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if page setup combos are embedded in GtkPrintDialog"
msgstr ""
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
"TRUE se as caixas de combinación da configuración de páxina están "
"incorporados no GtkPrintDialog"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1342
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgid "Number of Pages To Print"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Número de páxinas para imprimir"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1343
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgid "The number of pages that will be printed."
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "O número de páxinas que serán impresas."
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:299
msgid "The GtkPageSetup to use"
msgstr "O GtkPageSetup que usar"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:324
msgid "Selected Printer"
msgstr "Impresora seleccionada"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:325
msgid "The GtkPrinter which is selected"
msgstr "O GtkPrinter que está seleccionado"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:332
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Manual Capabilities"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Capacidades manuais"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:333
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Capabilities the application can handle"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Capacidades que o aplicativo pode manipular"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:342
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the dialog supports selection"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Se a caixa de diálogo permite a selección"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:350
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the application has a selection"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Cando o aplicativo ten unha seleccion"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:358
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if page setup combos are embedded in GtkPrintUnixDialog"
msgstr ""
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
"TRUE se as caixas de combinación da configuración de páxina están "
"incorporadas no GtkPrintUnixDialog"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:129
msgid "Fraction"
msgstr "Fracción"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:130
msgid "The fraction of total work that has been completed"
msgstr "A fracción do traballo total que se completou"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:137
msgid "Pulse Step"
msgstr "Paso de pulso"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:138
msgid "The fraction of total progress to move the bouncing block when pulsed"
msgstr ""
"A fracción do progreso total para mover o bloque rebotador cando se preme"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:146
msgid "Text to be displayed in the progress bar"
msgstr "Texto que se mostrará na barra de progreso"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:153
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
msgid "Show text"
msgstr "Mostrar texto"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:154
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
msgid "Whether the progress is shown as text."
msgstr "Indica se o progreso se mostra como texto."
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:176
msgid ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the progress bar does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string, if at all."
msgstr ""
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
"O lugar preferido para a elipse da cadea, se a barra de progreso non ten "
"espazo suficiente para mostrar a cadea completa."
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:183
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "X spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento X"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:184
msgid "Extra spacing applied to the width of a progress bar."
msgstr "Espazo extra aplicado á largura dunha barra de progreso."
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:189
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Y spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento Y"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:190
msgid "Extra spacing applied to the height of a progress bar."
msgstr "Un espazamento extra aplicado á altura dunha barra de progreso."
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:203
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Minimum horizontal bar width"
msgstr "Largura horizontal mínima da barra"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:204
msgid "The minimum horizontal width of the progress bar"
msgstr "A largura horizontal mínima da barra de progreso"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:216
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Minimum horizontal bar height"
msgstr "Altura horizontal mínima da barra"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:217
msgid "Minimum horizontal height of the progress bar"
msgstr "A altura horizontal mínima da barra de progreso"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:229
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Minimum vertical bar width"
msgstr "Largura vertical mínima da barra"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:230
msgid "The minimum vertical width of the progress bar"
msgstr "A largura vertical mínima da barra de progreso"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:242
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Minimum vertical bar height"
msgstr "Altura vertical mínima da barra"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:243
msgid "The minimum vertical height of the progress bar"
msgstr "A altura vertical mínima da barra de progreso"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradioaction.c:118
msgid "The value"
msgstr "O valor"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradioaction.c:119
msgid ""
"The value returned by gtk_radio_action_get_current_value() when this action "
"is the current action of its group."
msgstr ""
"O valor devolto por gtk_radio_action_get_current_value() cando esta acción é "
"a acción actual do seu grupo."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradioaction.c:135 ../gtk/gtkradiobutton.c:160
#: ../gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.c:373 ../gtk/gtkradiotoolbutton.c:65
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Group"
msgstr "Grupo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradioaction.c:136
msgid "The radio action whose group this action belongs to."
msgstr "O botón de opción a cuxo grupo pertence esta acción."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradioaction.c:151
msgid "The current value"
msgstr "O valor actual"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradioaction.c:152
msgid ""
"The value property of the currently active member of the group to which this "
"action belongs."
msgstr ""
"A propiedade do valor do membro actualmente activo do grupo ao que esta "
"acción pertence."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradiobutton.c:161
msgid "The radio button whose group this widget belongs to."
msgstr "O botón de opción a cuxo grupo pertence este widget."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.c:374
msgid "The radio menu item whose group this widget belongs to."
msgstr "O elemento do menú de opción a cuxo grupo pertence este widget."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradiotoolbutton.c:66
msgid "The radio tool button whose group this button belongs to."
msgstr "O botón de ferramenta de opción a cuxo grupo pertence este botón."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:416
msgid "Update policy"
msgstr "Política de actualización"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:417
msgid "How the range should be updated on the screen"
msgstr "Como se debe actualizar o intervalo na pantalla"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:426
msgid "The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this range object"
msgstr "O GtkAdjustment que contén o valor actual deste intervalo de obxectos"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:434
msgid "Invert direction slider moves to increase range value"
msgstr ""
"Inverter a dirección en que se move o control desprazábel para incrementar o "
"valor do intervalo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:441
msgid "Lower stepper sensitivity"
msgstr "Sensibilidade de paso inferior"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:442
msgid ""
"The sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the adjustment's lower "
"side"
msgstr ""
"A política de sensibilidade para o paso que apunta ao lado máis baixo do "
"axuste"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:450
msgid "Upper stepper sensitivity"
msgstr "Sensibilidade do paso superior"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:451
msgid ""
"The sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the adjustment's upper "
"side"
msgstr ""
"A política de sensibilidade para o paso que apunta ao lado máis alto do "
"axuste"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:468
msgid "Show Fill Level"
msgstr "Mostrar nivel de recheo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:469
msgid "Whether to display a fill level indicator graphics on trough."
msgstr ""
"Indica se se debe mostrar o indicador gráfico de nivel de recheo mentres se "
"enche."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:485
msgid "Restrict to Fill Level"
msgstr "Restrinxir ao nivel de recheo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:486
msgid "Whether to restrict the upper boundary to the fill level."
msgstr "Indica se se debe restrinxir o bordo superior ao nivel de recheo."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:501
msgid "Fill Level"
msgstr "Nivel de recheo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:502
msgid "The fill level."
msgstr "O nivel de recheo."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:510
msgid "Slider Width"
msgstr "Largura do control desprazábel"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:511
msgid "Width of scrollbar or scale thumb"
msgstr "Largura da barra de desprazamento ou do indicador de escala"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:518
msgid "Trough Border"
msgstr "Bordo do canal"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:519
msgid "Spacing between thumb/steppers and outer trough bevel"
msgstr ""
"Espazamento entre o indicador de escala ou os pasos e o bisel do canal "
"exterior"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:526
msgid "Stepper Size"
msgstr "Tamaño do paso"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:527
msgid "Length of step buttons at ends"
msgstr "Lonxitude dos botóns de paso nos extremos"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:542
msgid "Stepper Spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento do paso"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:543
msgid "Spacing between step buttons and thumb"
msgstr "Espazamento entre os botóns de paso e o indicador de escala"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:550
msgid "Arrow X Displacement"
msgstr "Desprazamento X da frecha"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:551
msgid ""
"How far in the x direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed"
msgstr "Até onde se move a frecha na dirección X cando se solta o botón"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:558
msgid "Arrow Y Displacement"
msgstr "Desprazamento Y da frecha"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:559
msgid ""
"How far in the y direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed"
msgstr "Até onde se move a frecha na dirección Y cando se solta o botón"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:577
msgid "Trough Under Steppers"
msgstr "Canal baixo os pasos"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:578
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether to draw trough for full length of range or exclude the steppers and "
"spacing"
2006-06-22 02:29:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indica se se debuxa para toda a lonxitude do intervalo ou se exclúe os pasos "
"e o espazamento"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:591
msgid "Arrow scaling"
msgstr "Escalado de frecha"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:592
msgid "Arrow scaling with regard to scroll button size"
msgstr "O escalado da frecha con atención ao tamaño do botón de desprazamento"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentaction.c:635 ../gtk/gtkrecentchoosermenu.c:246
msgid "Show Numbers"
msgstr "Mostrar números"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentaction.c:636 ../gtk/gtkrecentchoosermenu.c:247
msgid "Whether the items should be displayed with a number"
msgstr "Indica se os elementos deberían mostrarse cun número"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:132
msgid "Recent Manager"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Xestionar os recentes"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:133
msgid "The RecentManager object to use"
msgstr "O obxecto RecentManager que se vai usar"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:147
msgid "Show Private"
msgstr "Mostrar os privados"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:148
msgid "Whether the private items should be displayed"
msgstr "Indica se os elementos privados se deben mostrar"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:161
msgid "Show Tooltips"
msgstr "Mostrar as indicacións"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:162
msgid "Whether there should be a tooltip on the item"
msgstr "Indica se debe haber unha indicación no elemento"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:174
msgid "Show Icons"
msgstr "Mostrar iconas"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:175
msgid "Whether there should be an icon near the item"
msgstr "Indica se debe haber unha icona cerca do elemento"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:190
msgid "Show Not Found"
msgstr "Mostrar os non encontrados"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:191
msgid "Whether the items pointing to unavailable resources should be displayed"
msgstr ""
"Indica se se deben mostrar os elementos que apuntan a recursos non "
"dispoñíbeis"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:204
msgid "Whether to allow multiple items to be selected"
msgstr "Indica se se permite a selección de múltiples elementos"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:217
msgid "Local only"
msgstr "Só local"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:218
msgid "Whether the selected resource(s) should be limited to local file: URIs"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os recursos seleccionados deberían limitarse a URI de tipo 'file:' "
"locais"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:234
msgid "Limit"
msgstr "Límite"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:235
msgid "The maximum number of items to be displayed"
msgstr "O número máximo de elementos para mostrar"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:249
msgid "Sort Type"
msgstr "Tipo de ordenación"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:250
msgid "The sorting order of the items displayed"
msgstr "A orde de clasificación dos elementos mostrados"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:265
msgid "The current filter for selecting which resources are displayed"
msgstr "O filtro actual para seleccionar que recursos se mostran"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:295
msgid "The full path to the file to be used to store and read the list"
msgstr ""
"O camiño completo ao ficheiro que se vai usar para almacenar e ler a lista"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:310
msgid "The size of the recently used resources list"
msgstr "O tamaño da lista de recursos usados recentemente"
# verificar: High= alta e low= baixa
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkruler.c:138
msgid "Lower"
msgstr "Inferior"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkruler.c:139
msgid "Lower limit of ruler"
msgstr "Límite inferior da regra"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkruler.c:148
msgid "Upper"
msgstr "Superior"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkruler.c:149
msgid "Upper limit of ruler"
msgstr "Límite superior da regra"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkruler.c:159
msgid "Position of mark on the ruler"
msgstr "Posición da marca na regra"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkruler.c:168
msgid "Max Size"
msgstr "Tamaño máximo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkruler.c:169
msgid "Maximum size of the ruler"
msgstr "Tamaño máximo da regra"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkruler.c:184
msgid "Metric"
msgstr "Métrica"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkruler.c:185
msgid "The metric used for the ruler"
msgstr "A métrica que se usa na regra"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:221
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "The value of the scale"
msgstr "O valor da escala"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:231
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "The icon size"
msgstr "O tamaño da icona"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:240
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid ""
"The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this scale button object"
msgstr ""
"O GtkAdjustment que contén o valor actual deste obxecto de botón de escala"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:268
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "Icons"
msgstr "Iconas"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:269
2010-08-27 21:25:56 +00:00
msgid "List of icon names"
msgstr "Lista dos nomes de iconas"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:245
msgid "The number of decimal places that are displayed in the value"
msgstr "O número de lugares decimais que se mostran no valor"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:254
msgid "Draw Value"
msgstr "Valor de debuxo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:255
msgid "Whether the current value is displayed as a string next to the slider"
msgstr ""
"Indica se o valor actual se mostra como unha cadea contigua ao control "
"desprazábel"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:262
msgid "Value Position"
msgstr "Posición do valor"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:263
msgid "The position in which the current value is displayed"
msgstr "A posición na que se mostra o valor actual"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:270
msgid "Slider Length"
msgstr "Lonxitude do control desprazábel"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:271
msgid "Length of scale's slider"
msgstr "Lonxitude da escala do control desprazábel"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:279
msgid "Value spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento do valor"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:280
msgid "Space between value text and the slider/trough area"
2006-05-30 20:25:18 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Espazo entre os valores de texto e a área do control desprazábel ou o canal"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:75
msgid "Minimum Slider Length"
msgstr "Lonxitude mínima do control desprazábel"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:76
msgid "Minimum length of scrollbar slider"
msgstr "Tamaño mínimo da barra de desprazamento do control desprazábel"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:84
msgid "Fixed slider size"
msgstr "Tamaño fixo do control desprazábel"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:85
msgid "Don't change slider size, just lock it to the minimum length"
msgstr ""
"Non cambiar o tamaño do control desprazábel, bloquealo na lonxitude mínima"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:106
msgid ""
"Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the scrollbar"
msgstr ""
"Mostra un segundo botón de frecha de retroceso no extremo oposto da barra de "
"desprazamento"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:113
msgid ""
"Display a second forward arrow button on the opposite end of the scrollbar"
msgstr ""
"Mostra un segundo botón de frecha de avance no extremo oposto da barra de "
"desprazamento"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:295
msgid "Horizontal Adjustment"
msgstr "Axuste horizontal"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:296
msgid "The GtkAdjustment for the horizontal position"
msgstr "O GtkAdjustment para a posición horizontal"
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:302
msgid "Vertical Adjustment"
msgstr "Axuste vertical"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:303
msgid "The GtkAdjustment for the vertical position"
msgstr "O GtkAdjustment para a posición vertical"
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:309
msgid "Horizontal Scrollbar Policy"
msgstr "Comportamento da barra de desprazamento horizontal"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:310
msgid "When the horizontal scrollbar is displayed"
msgstr "Cando se mostra a barra de desprazamento horizontal"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:317
msgid "Vertical Scrollbar Policy"
msgstr "Comportamento da barra de desprazamento vertical"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:318
msgid "When the vertical scrollbar is displayed"
msgstr "Cando se mostra a barra de desprazamento vertical"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:326
msgid "Window Placement"
msgstr "Colocación da xanela"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:327
msgid ""
"Where the contents are located with respect to the scrollbars. This property "
"only takes effect if \"window-placement-set\" is TRUE."
msgstr ""
"Onde se colocan os contidos respecto ás barras de desprazamento. Esta "
"propiedade só ten efecto se \"window-placement-set\" é TRUE."
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:344
msgid "Window Placement Set"
msgstr "Definición da colocación da xanela"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:345
msgid ""
"Whether \"window-placement\" should be used to determine the location of the "
"contents with respect to the scrollbars."
msgstr ""
"Indica se debe usarse \"window-placement\" para determinar a localización do "
"contido respecto ás barras de desprazamento."
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:351
msgid "Shadow Type"
msgstr "Tipo de sombra"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:352
msgid "Style of bevel around the contents"
msgstr "Estilo de bisel ao redor dos contidos"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:366
msgid "Scrollbars within bevel"
msgstr "Barra de desprazamento no bisel"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:367
msgid "Place scrollbars within the scrolled window's bevel"
msgstr ""
"Colocar as barras de desprazamento no bisel da xanela con desprazamento"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:373
msgid "Scrollbar spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento da barra de desprazamento"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:374
msgid "Number of pixels between the scrollbars and the scrolled window"
msgstr ""
"Número de píxeles entre as barras de desprazamentos e a xanela con "
"desprazamento"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:383
msgid "Minimum Content Width"
msgstr "Anchura mínima do contido"
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:384
msgid "The minimum width that the scrolled window will allocate to its content"
msgstr "A anchura mínima que a xanela desprazada reservará para o seu contido"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:390
msgid "Minimum Content Height"
msgstr "Altura mínima do contido"
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:391
msgid ""
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
"The minimum height that the scrolled window will allocate to its content"
msgstr "A altura mínima que a xanela desprazada reservará para o seu contido"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c:138
msgid "Draw"
msgstr "Debuxar"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c:139
msgid "Whether the separator is drawn, or just blank"
msgstr "Indica se se debuxa o separador ou se se deixa en branco"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:241
msgid "Double Click Time"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Tempo do dobre clic"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:242
msgid ""
"Maximum time allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a double "
"click (in milliseconds)"
msgstr ""
"Tempo máximo permitido entre dous clics para ser considerados como un clic "
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"dobre (en milisegundos)"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:249
msgid "Double Click Distance"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Distancia do dobre clic"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:250
msgid ""
"Maximum distance allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a "
"double click (in pixels)"
msgstr ""
"Distancia máxima permitida entre dous clics para ser considerados como un "
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"dobre clic (en píxeles)"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:266
msgid "Cursor Blink"
msgstr "Intermitencia do cursor"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:267
msgid "Whether the cursor should blink"
msgstr "Indica se o cursor debe pestanexar"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:274
msgid "Cursor Blink Time"
msgstr "Tempo de intermitencia do cursor"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:275
msgid "Length of the cursor blink cycle, in milliseconds"
msgstr "Duración do ciclo de intermitencia do cursor, en milisegundos"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:294
msgid "Cursor Blink Timeout"
msgstr "Tempo de intermitencia do cursor"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:295
msgid "Time after which the cursor stops blinking, in seconds"
msgstr ""
"Duración a partir de que se detén a intermitencia do cursor, en segundos"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:302
msgid "Split Cursor"
msgstr "Cursor dividido"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:303
msgid ""
"Whether two cursors should be displayed for mixed left-to-right and right-to-"
"left text"
msgstr ""
"Indica se se deben mostrar dous cursores para o texto mesturado de esquerda "
"a dereita e de dereita a esquerda"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:310
msgid "Theme Name"
msgstr "Nome do tema"
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:311
msgid "Name of theme RC file to load"
msgstr "Nome do ficheiro de tema RC para cargar"
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:319
msgid "Icon Theme Name"
msgstr "Nome do tema de iconas"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:320
msgid "Name of icon theme to use"
msgstr "Nome do tema de iconas para usar"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:328
msgid "Fallback Icon Theme Name"
msgstr "Nome do tema de iconas do modo de emerxencia"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:329
msgid "Name of a icon theme to fall back to"
msgstr "Nome do tema de iconas que usar cando o escollido falle"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:337
msgid "Key Theme Name"
msgstr "Nome do tema principal"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:338
msgid "Name of key theme RC file to load"
msgstr "Nome do ficheiro de tema RC principal para cargar"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:346
msgid "Menu bar accelerator"
msgstr "Tecla rápida da barra de menús"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:347
msgid "Keybinding to activate the menu bar"
msgstr "Combinación de teclas para activar a barra de menús"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:355
msgid "Drag threshold"
msgstr "Límite de arrastre"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:356
msgid "Number of pixels the cursor can move before dragging"
msgstr "Número de píxeles que o cursor pode mover antes de iniciar o arrastre"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:364
msgid "Font Name"
msgstr "Nome do tipo de letra"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:365
msgid "Name of default font to use"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Nome do tipo de letra predefinido que usar"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:387
msgid "Icon Sizes"
msgstr "Tamaño das iconas"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:388
msgid "List of icon sizes (gtk-menu=16,16:gtk-button=20,20..."
msgstr "Lista dos tamaños das iconas (gtk-menu=16,16:gtk-button=20,20..."
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:396
msgid "GTK Modules"
msgstr "Módulos GTK"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:397
msgid "List of currently active GTK modules"
msgstr "Lista dos módulos GTK actualmente activos"
2005-10-31 22:36:13 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:406
msgid "Xft Antialias"
msgstr "Suavizado Xft"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:407
msgid "Whether to antialias Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default"
msgstr ""
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
"Indica se se suavizan os bordos dos tipo de letra Xft, 0=non, 1=si, "
"-1=predefinido"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:416
msgid "Xft Hinting"
msgstr "Contorno Xft"
2005-10-31 22:36:13 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:417
msgid "Whether to hint Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
"Indica se se usa o contorno dos tipo de letra Xft; 0=non, 1=si, "
"-1=predefinido"
2005-10-31 22:36:13 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:426
msgid "Xft Hint Style"
msgstr "Estilo de contorno Xft"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:427
2005-10-31 22:36:13 +00:00
msgid ""
"What degree of hinting to use; hintnone, hintslight, hintmedium, or hintfull"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Que grao de contorno hai que usar: ningunha, lixeira, media ou completa"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:436
msgid "Xft RGBA"
msgstr "Xft RGBA"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:437
msgid "Type of subpixel antialiasing; none, rgb, bgr, vrgb, vbgr"
msgstr "Tipo de suavizado de subpíxel: ningún, rgb, vrgb, vbgr"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:446
msgid "Xft DPI"
msgstr "PPP Xft"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:447
msgid "Resolution for Xft, in 1024 * dots/inch. -1 to use default value"
msgstr ""
"Resolución para Xft, en 1024 * puntos por polgada. -1 para usar o valor "
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
"predefinido"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:456
msgid "Cursor theme name"
msgstr "Nome do tema de cursor"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:457
msgid "Name of the cursor theme to use, or NULL to use the default theme"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Nome do tema de cursor que usar ou NULL para usar o tema predefinido"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:465
msgid "Cursor theme size"
msgstr "Tamaño do tema de cursor"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:466
msgid "Size to use for cursors, or 0 to use the default size"
msgstr ""
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
"Tamaño que se vai usar para os cursores ou 0 para usar o tamaño predefinido"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:476
msgid "Alternative button order"
msgstr "Orde alternativa dos botóns"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:477
msgid "Whether buttons in dialogs should use the alternative button order"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os botóns nos diálogos deben usar a orde alternativa de botóns"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:494
msgid "Alternative sort indicator direction"
msgstr "Dirección alternativa do indicador de orde"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:495
msgid ""
"Whether the direction of the sort indicators in list and tree views is "
"inverted compared to the default (where down means ascending)"
msgstr ""
"Indica se a dirección dos indicadores de orde na listaxe e a visualización "
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
"en árbore está invertida en comparación coa predefinida (onde abaixo "
"significa ascendente)"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:503
msgid "Show the 'Input Methods' menu"
msgstr "Mostrar o menú Métodos de entrada"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:504
msgid ""
"Whether the context menus of entries and text views should offer to change "
"the input method"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os menús de contexto das entradas e as visualizacións de texto "
"deben ofrecer modificar o método de entrada"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:512
msgid "Show the 'Insert Unicode Control Character' menu"
msgstr "Mostrar o menú Inserir carácter de control Unicode"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:513
msgid ""
"Whether the context menus of entries and text views should offer to insert "
"control characters"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os menús de contexto das entradas e as visualizacións de texto "
"deben ofrecer inserir caracteres de control"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:521
msgid "Start timeout"
msgstr "Comezar o tempo de espera"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:522
msgid "Starting value for timeouts, when button is pressed"
msgstr "Valor de inicio para o tempo de espera, cando se prema o botón"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:531
msgid "Repeat timeout"
msgstr "Repetir o tempo de espera"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:532
msgid "Repeat value for timeouts, when button is pressed"
msgstr "Valor de repetición para o tempo de espera, cando o botón se prema"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:541
msgid "Expand timeout"
msgstr "Ampliar o tempo de espera"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:542
msgid "Expand value for timeouts, when a widget is expanding a new region"
msgstr ""
"Valor de ampliación para os tempos de espera, cando un widget está "
"expandindo unha nova rexión"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:577
msgid "Color scheme"
msgstr "Esquema de cor"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:578
msgid "A palette of named colors for use in themes"
msgstr "Unha paleta de cores con nome para usar nos temas"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:587
msgid "Enable Animations"
msgstr "Activar animacións"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:588
msgid "Whether to enable toolkit-wide animations."
msgstr "Indica se se activan as animacións para todo o toolkit."
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:606
msgid "Enable Touchscreen Mode"
msgstr "Activar o modo de pantalla táctil"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:607
msgid "When TRUE, there are no motion notify events delivered on this screen"
msgstr ""
"Cando é TRUE, non se envían eventos de notificación de movemento a esta "
"pantalla"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:624
msgid "Tooltip timeout"
msgstr "Tempo de espera da indicación"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:625
msgid "Timeout before tooltip is shown"
msgstr "Tempo de espera antes de que se mostre a indicación"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:650
msgid "Tooltip browse timeout"
msgstr "Tempo de espera da indicación de navegación"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:651
msgid "Timeout before tooltip is shown when browse mode is enabled"
msgstr ""
"Tempo de espera antes de que se mostre a indicación cando o modo de "
"navegación está activo"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:672
msgid "Tooltip browse mode timeout"
msgstr "Tempo de espera da indicación en modo de navegación"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:673
msgid "Timeout after which browse mode is disabled"
msgstr "Tempo de espera despois do que se desactiva o modo de navegación"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:692
msgid "Keynav Cursor Only"
msgstr "Só cursor para navegar con teclas"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:693
msgid "When TRUE, there are only cursor keys available to navigate widgets"
msgstr ""
"Cando sexa TRUE, só hai teclas de cursor dispoñíbeis para navegar polos "
"widgets"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:710
msgid "Keynav Wrap Around"
msgstr "Dar a volta coa navegación con teclas"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:711
msgid "Whether to wrap around when keyboard-navigating widgets"
msgstr "Indica se se dá a volta cando se navegue cos widgets co teclado"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:731
msgid "Error Bell"
msgstr "Campá de erro"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:732
msgid "When TRUE, keyboard navigation and other errors will cause a beep"
msgstr ""
"Cando sexa TRUE, a navegación co teclado e outros erros emitirán un ton de "
"aviso"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:749
msgid "Color Hash"
msgstr "Hash da cor"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:750
msgid "A hash table representation of the color scheme."
msgstr "Unha representación en táboa hash do esquema de cor."
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:758
msgid "Default file chooser backend"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Backend predefinido do selector de ficheiros"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:759
msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default"
msgstr "Nome do backend do GtkFileChooser para usar por defecto"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:776
msgid "Default print backend"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Backend de impresión predefinido"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:777
msgid "List of the GtkPrintBackend backends to use by default"
msgstr "Lista dos backends do GtkPrintBackend para usar por defecto"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:800
msgid "Default command to run when displaying a print preview"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgstr ""
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
"Orde predefinida para executar ao mostrar unha visualización previa de "
"impresión"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:801
msgid "Command to run when displaying a print preview"
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
msgstr "Orde para executar ao mostrar unha visualización previa de impresión"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:817
msgid "Enable Mnemonics"
msgstr "Activar mnemónicos"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:818
msgid "Whether labels should have mnemonics"
msgstr "Indica se as etiquetas deben ser mnemónicas"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:834
msgid "Enable Accelerators"
msgstr "Activar teclas rápidas"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:835
msgid "Whether menu items should have accelerators"
msgstr "Indica se os elementos de menús deben ter teclas rápidas"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:852
msgid "Recent Files Limit"
msgstr "Límite de ficheiros recentes"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:853
msgid "Number of recently used files"
msgstr "Número de ficheiros usados recentemente"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:871
msgid "Default IM module"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Módulo de MI predefinido"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:872
msgid "Which IM module should be used by default"
msgstr "O módulo de MI que se debería usar por defecto"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:890
msgid "Recent Files Max Age"
msgstr "Antigüidade máxima dos ficheiros recentes"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:891
msgid "Maximum age of recently used files, in days"
msgstr "A antigüidade máxima dos ficheiros usados recentemente, en días"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:900
msgid "Fontconfig configuration timestamp"
msgstr "Marca temporal de configuración do Fontconfig"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:901
msgid "Timestamp of current fontconfig configuration"
msgstr "A marca temporal da configuración actual do Fontconfig"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:923
msgid "Sound Theme Name"
msgstr "Nome do tema de son"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:924
msgid "XDG sound theme name"
msgstr "Nome do tema de son XDG"
#. Translators: this means sounds that are played as feedback to user input
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:946
msgid "Audible Input Feedback"
msgstr "Retroacción audíbel á entrada"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:947
msgid "Whether to play event sounds as feedback to user input"
msgstr ""
"Indica se hai que reproducir eventos de son como retroacción á entrada do "
"usuario"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:968
msgid "Enable Event Sounds"
msgstr "Activar os eventos de son"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:969
msgid "Whether to play any event sounds at all"
msgstr "Indica se hai que activar todos os eventos de son"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:984
msgid "Enable Tooltips"
msgstr "Activar indicacións"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:985
msgid "Whether tooltips should be shown on widgets"
msgstr "Indica se se deberían mostrar as indicacións nos widgets"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:998
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "Toolbar style"
msgstr "Estilo da barra de ferramentas"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:999
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether default toolbars have text only, text and icons, icons only, etc."
msgstr ""
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"Indica se as barras de ferramentas predefinidas teñen só texto, texto e "
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
"iconas, só iconas etc."
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1013
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "Toolbar Icon Size"
msgstr "Tamaño da icona da barra de ferramentas"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1014
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "The size of icons in default toolbars."
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Tamaño das iconas das barras de ferramentas predefinidas."
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1031
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
msgid "Auto Mnemonics"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Mnemónicos automáticos"
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1032
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether mnemonics should be automatically shown and hidden when the user "
"presses the mnemonic activator."
msgstr ""
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"Indica se os mnemónicos deberían mostrarse e agocharse automáticamente cando "
"o usuario prema un activador de mnemónico."
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1057
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
msgid "Application prefers a dark theme"
2010-05-14 07:47:29 +00:00
msgstr "O aplicativo prefire un tema escuro"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1058
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
msgid "Whether the application prefers to have a dark theme."
2010-05-14 07:47:29 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o aplicativo prefire un tema escuro."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1073
msgid "Show button images"
msgstr "Mostrar imaxes no botón"
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1074
msgid "Whether images should be shown on buttons"
msgstr "Indica se se deberían mostrar as imaxes nos botóns"
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1082 ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1176
msgid "Select on focus"
msgstr "Seleccionar ao enfocar"
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1083
msgid "Whether to select the contents of an entry when it is focused"
msgstr ""
"Indica se se deben seleccionar os contidos dunha entrada cando está enfocada"
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1100
msgid "Password Hint Timeout"
msgstr "Tempo de espera para a suxestión de contrasinal"
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1101
msgid "How long to show the last input character in hidden entries"
msgstr ""
"Durante canto tempo hai que mostrar o último carácter introducido nas "
"entradas ocultas"
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1110
msgid "Show menu images"
msgstr "Mostrar as imaxes de menú"
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1111
msgid "Whether images should be shown in menus"
msgstr "Indica se se deben mostrar ou non as imaxes nos menús"
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1119
msgid "Delay before drop down menus appear"
msgstr "Atraso antes de que os menús despregábeis aparezan"
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1120
msgid "Delay before the submenus of a menu bar appear"
msgstr "Atraso antes de que os submenús dunha barra de menú aparezan"
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1137
msgid "Scrolled Window Placement"
msgstr "Colocación da xanela con desprazamento"
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1138
msgid ""
"Where the contents of scrolled windows are located with respect to the "
"scrollbars, if not overridden by the scrolled window's own placement."
msgstr ""
"Onde se coloca o contido das xanelas con desprazamento con respecto ás "
"barras de desprazamento, se non toma precedencia a colocación da propia "
"xanela con desprazamento."
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1147
msgid "Can change accelerators"
msgstr "Pode cambiar as teclas rápidas"
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1148
msgid ""
"Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item"
msgstr ""
"Indica se as teclas rápidas do menú poden ser cambiadas premendo unha tecla "
"sobre o elemento de menú"
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1156
msgid "Delay before submenus appear"
msgstr "Atraso antes de que os submenús aparezan"
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1157
msgid ""
"Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear"
msgstr ""
"Tempo mínimo no que o punteiro debe permanecer sobre un elemento de menú "
"antes de que o submenú apareza"
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1166
msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu"
msgstr "Atraso antes de ocultar un submenú"
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1167
msgid ""
"The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the "
"submenu"
msgstr ""
"Tempo antes de ocultar un submenú cando o punteiro se estea a mover cara ao "
"submenú"
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1177
msgid "Whether to select the contents of a selectable label when it is focused"
msgstr ""
"Indica se se seleccionan os contidos dunha etiqueta seleccionábel cando está "
"enfocada"
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1185
msgid "Custom palette"
msgstr "Paleta personalizada"
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1186
msgid "Palette to use in the color selector"
msgstr "A paleta que se usará no selector de cores"
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1194
msgid "IM Preedit style"
msgstr "Estilo preedit IM"
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1195
msgid "How to draw the input method preedit string"
msgstr "Como debuxar a cadea do método de entrada de preedit"
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1204
msgid "IM Status style"
msgstr "Estilo do estado IM"
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1205
msgid "How to draw the input method statusbar"
msgstr "Como debuxar o método de entrada da barra de estado"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksizegroup.c:350
msgid "Mode"
msgstr "Modo"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksizegroup.c:351
msgid ""
"The directions in which the size group affects the requested sizes of its "
"component widgets"
msgstr ""
"As direccións en que o tamaño do grupo afecta aos tamaños solicitados dos "
"seus compoñentes widgets"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksizegroup.c:367
msgid "Ignore hidden"
msgstr "Ignorar ocultos"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksizegroup.c:368
msgid ""
"If TRUE, unmapped widgets are ignored when determining the size of the group"
msgstr ""
"Se é TRUE, os widgets non mapeados ignoraranse ao determinar o tamaño do "
"grupo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:236
msgid "Climb Rate"
msgstr "Taxa de incremento"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:256
msgid "Snap to Ticks"
msgstr "Axustar aos pasos"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:257
msgid ""
"Whether erroneous values are automatically changed to a spin button's "
"nearest step increment"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os valores errados se cambian automaticamente polo incremento de "
"paso máis próximo dun botón de axuste"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:264
msgid "Numeric"
msgstr "Numérico"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:265
msgid "Whether non-numeric characters should be ignored"
msgstr "Indica se se deben ignorar os caracteres non numéricos"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:272
msgid "Wrap"
msgstr "Axustar"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:273
msgid "Whether a spin button should wrap upon reaching its limits"
msgstr ""
"Indica se un botón de axuste debe axustarse cara a arriba até alcanzar os "
"seus límites"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:280
msgid "Update Policy"
msgstr "Política de actualización"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:281
msgid ""
"Whether the spin button should update always, or only when the value is legal"
msgstr ""
"Indica se o botón de axuste debe actualizarse sempre ou só cando o valor é "
"correcto"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:290
msgid "Reads the current value, or sets a new value"
msgstr "Le o valor actual ou define un valor novo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:299
msgid "Style of bevel around the spin button"
msgstr "Estilo de bisel ao redor do botón de axuste"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinner.c:132
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether the spinner is active"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o spinner é activábel"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinner.c:146
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Number of steps"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Número de pasos"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinner.c:147
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid ""
"The number of steps for the spinner to complete a full loop. The animation "
"will complete a full cycle in one second by default (see #GtkSpinner:cycle-"
"duration)."
msgstr ""
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"O número de pasos do spinner para completar o bucle. A animación completará "
"un ciclo completo nun segundo de forma predefinida (vexa #GtkSpinner:cicyle-"
"duration)."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinner.c:162
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Animation duration"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Duración da animación"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinner.c:163
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid ""
"The length of time in milliseconds for the spinner to complete a full loop"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "O tempo en milisegundos para que o spinner complete un bucle completo"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:179
msgid "Style of bevel around the statusbar text"
msgstr "Estilo do bisel ao redor do texto da barra de estado"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:270
msgid "The size of the icon"
msgstr "O tamaño da icona"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:280
msgid "The screen where this status icon will be displayed"
msgstr "A pantalla onde se mostrará esta icona de estado"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:288
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether the status icon is visible"
msgstr "Indica se o estado da icona é visíbel ou non"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:304
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether the status icon is embedded"
msgstr "Indica se a icona de estado está incrustada"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:320 ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:125
msgid "The orientation of the tray"
msgstr "A orientación da bandexa"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:347 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1084
msgid "Has tooltip"
msgstr "Ten indicación"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:348
msgid "Whether this tray icon has a tooltip"
msgstr "Indica se esta icona de bandexa ten unha indicación"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:373 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1105
msgid "Tooltip Text"
msgstr "Texto da indicación"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:374 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1106 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1127
msgid "The contents of the tooltip for this widget"
msgstr "Os contidos da indicación para este widget"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:397 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1126
msgid "Tooltip markup"
msgstr "Marcado das indicacións"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:398
msgid "The contents of the tooltip for this tray icon"
msgstr "O contido da indicación para esta icona de bandexa"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:416
2009-07-07 05:05:29 +00:00
msgid "The title of this tray icon"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "O título desta icona na barra de tarefas"
2009-07-07 05:05:29 +00:00
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:152
msgid "Rows"
msgstr "Filas"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:153
msgid "The number of rows in the table"
msgstr "O número de filas na táboa"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:161
msgid "Columns"
msgstr "Columnas"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:162
msgid "The number of columns in the table"
msgstr "O número de columnas na táboa"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:170
msgid "Row spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento de fila"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:171
msgid "The amount of space between two consecutive rows"
msgstr "A cantidade de espazo entre dúas filas consecutivas"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:179
msgid "Column spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento de columna"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:180
msgid "The amount of space between two consecutive columns"
msgstr "A cantidade de espazo entre dúas columnas consecutivas"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:189
msgid "If TRUE, the table cells are all the same width/height"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, as celas da táboa teñen todas a mesma largura ou altura"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:196
msgid "Left attachment"
msgstr "Anexo á esquerda"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:203
msgid "Right attachment"
msgstr "Anexo á dereita"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:204
msgid "The column number to attach the right side of a child widget to"
msgstr "O número de columnas para anexar ao lado dereito dun widget fillo"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:210
msgid "Top attachment"
msgstr "Anexo superior"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:211
msgid "The row number to attach the top of a child widget to"
msgstr "O número de filas para anexar encima do widget fillo"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:217
msgid "Bottom attachment"
msgstr "Anexo inferior"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:224
msgid "Horizontal options"
msgstr "Opcións horizontais"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:225
msgid "Options specifying the horizontal behaviour of the child"
msgstr "Opcións que especifican o comportamento horizontal do fillo"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:231
msgid "Vertical options"
msgstr "Opcións verticais"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:232
msgid "Options specifying the vertical behaviour of the child"
msgstr "Opcións que especifican o comportamento vertical do fillo"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:238
msgid "Horizontal padding"
msgstr "Recheo horizontal"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:239
msgid ""
"Extra space to put between the child and its left and right neighbors, in "
"pixels"
msgstr ""
"Espazo adicional en píxeles para colocar entre o fillo e os seus veciños á "
"esquerda e á dereita"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:245
msgid "Vertical padding"
msgstr "Recheo vertical"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:246
msgid ""
"Extra space to put between the child and its upper and lower neighbors, in "
"pixels"
msgstr ""
"Espazo adicional en píxeles para colocar entre o fillo e os seus veciños "
"superiores e inferiores"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:192
msgid "Tag Table"
msgstr "Táboa de etiquetas"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:193
msgid "Text Tag Table"
msgstr "Táboa de etiquetas de texto"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:211
msgid "Current text of the buffer"
msgstr "Texto actual do búfer"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:225
msgid "Has selection"
msgstr "Está selecccionado"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:226
msgid "Whether the buffer has some text currently selected"
msgstr "Indica se o búfer ten actualmente algún texto seleccionado"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:242
msgid "Cursor position"
msgstr "Posición do cursor"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:243
msgid ""
"The position of the insert mark (as offset from the beginning of the buffer)"
msgstr ""
"A posición da marca de inserción (como desprazamento desde o principio do "
"búfer)"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:258
msgid "Copy target list"
msgstr "Lista de destinos da copia"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:259
msgid ""
"The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard copying and DND source"
msgstr ""
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
"A lista de destinos que admite este búfer para copiar desde o portapapeis e "
"a orixe do DND"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:274
msgid "Paste target list"
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
msgstr "Lista de destinos para pegar"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:275
msgid ""
"The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard pasting and DND "
"destination"
msgstr ""
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"A lista de destinos que admite este búfer para pegar desde o portapapeis e o "
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
"destino do DND"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextmark.c:90
msgid "Mark name"
msgstr "Nome de marca"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextmark.c:97
msgid "Left gravity"
msgstr "Gravidade esquerda"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextmark.c:98
msgid "Whether the mark has left gravity"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca ten gravidade esquerda"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:168
msgid "Tag name"
msgstr "Nome de etiqueta"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:169
msgid "Name used to refer to the text tag. NULL for anonymous tags"
msgstr ""
"Nome usado para referirse á etiqueta do texto. NULL para etiquetas anónimas"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:187
msgid "Background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
msgstr "Cor de fondo como unha (posibelmente non asignada) GdkColor"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:194
msgid "Background full height"
msgstr "Altura completa do fondo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:195
msgid ""
"Whether the background color fills the entire line height or only the height "
"of the tagged characters"
msgstr ""
"Indica se a cor de fondo enche a altura completa da liña ou só a altura dos "
"caracteres etiquetados"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:211
msgid "Foreground color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
msgstr "Cor de primeiro plano como unha (posibelmente non asignada) GdkColor"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:218
msgid "Text direction"
msgstr "Dirección do texto"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:219
msgid "Text direction, e.g. right-to-left or left-to-right"
msgstr ""
"Dirección do texto, por exemplo de dereita a esquerda ou de esquerda a "
"dereita"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:268
msgid "Font style as a PangoStyle, e.g. PANGO_STYLE_ITALIC"
msgstr ""
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
"Estilo do tipo de letra coma un PangoStyle, por exemplo PANGO_STYLE_ITALIC"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:277
msgid "Font variant as a PangoVariant, e.g. PANGO_VARIANT_SMALL_CAPS"
msgstr ""
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
"Variante do tipo de letra coma unha PangoVariant, por exemplo "
"PANGO_VARIANT_SMALL_CAPS"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:286
msgid ""
"Font weight as an integer, see predefined values in PangoWeight; for "
"example, PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD"
msgstr ""
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"Grosor do tipo de letra como un enteiro. Vexa os valores predefinidas en "
"PangoWeight; por exemplo PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:297
msgid "Font stretch as a PangoStretch, e.g. PANGO_STRETCH_CONDENSED"
msgstr ""
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
"Tipo de letra axustada coma un PangoStretch, por exemplo "
"PANGO_STRETCH_CONDENSED"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:306
msgid "Font size in Pango units"
msgstr "Tamaño do tipo de letra en unidades Pango"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:316
msgid ""
"Font size as a scale factor relative to the default font size. This properly "
"adapts to theme changes etc. so is recommended. Pango predefines some scales "
"such as PANGO_SCALE_X_LARGE"
msgstr ""
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
"Tamaño do tipo de letra coma un factor de escala relativo ao tamaño "
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
"predefinido do tipo de letra. Esta propiedade adáptase aos cambios de tema "
"etc., polo que é recomendábel. O Pango define previamente algunhas escalas "
"tales como PANGO_SCALE_X_LARGE"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:336 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:685
msgid "Left, right, or center justification"
msgstr "Xustificación á esquerda, á dereita ou ao centro"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:355
msgid ""
"The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint "
"when rendering the text. If not set, an appropriate default will be used."
msgstr ""
"O idioma no que está este texto, como un código ISO. O Pango pode usar isto "
"como unha axuda ao renderizar o texto. Se non se estabelece este parámetro "
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
"usarase como predefinido o máis apropiado."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:362
msgid "Left margin"
msgstr "Marxe esquerda"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:363 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:694
msgid "Width of the left margin in pixels"
msgstr "Largura da marxe esquerda en píxeles"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:372
msgid "Right margin"
msgstr "Marxe dereita"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:373 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:704
msgid "Width of the right margin in pixels"
msgstr "Largura da marxe dereita en píxeles"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:383 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:713
msgid "Indent"
msgstr "Sangría"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:384 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:714
msgid "Amount to indent the paragraph, in pixels"
msgstr "Cantidade en píxeles para a sangría de parágrafo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:395
msgid ""
"Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative) "
"in Pango units"
msgstr ""
"Desprazamento do texto sobre a liña base (por debaixo da liña base se a "
"elevación é negativa) en unidades Pango"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:404
msgid "Pixels above lines"
msgstr "Píxeles encima das liñas"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:405 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:638
msgid "Pixels of blank space above paragraphs"
msgstr "Píxeles de espazo en branco encima do parágrafos"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:414
msgid "Pixels below lines"
msgstr "Píxeles debaixo das liñas"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:415 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:648
msgid "Pixels of blank space below paragraphs"
msgstr "Píxeles de espazo en branco debaixo dos parágrafos"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:424
msgid "Pixels inside wrap"
msgstr "Píxeles dentro do axuste"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:425 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:658
msgid "Pixels of blank space between wrapped lines in a paragraph"
msgstr "Píxeles de espazo en branco entre as liñas axustadas nun parágrafo"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:452 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:676
msgid ""
"Whether to wrap lines never, at word boundaries, or at character boundaries"
msgstr ""
"Indica se nunca se axustan as liñas aos límites de palabra ou aos límites de "
"carácter"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:461 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:723
msgid "Tabs"
msgstr "Separadores"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:462 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:724
msgid "Custom tabs for this text"
msgstr "Separadores personalizados para este texto"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:480
msgid "Invisible"
msgstr "Invisíbel"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:481
msgid "Whether this text is hidden."
msgstr "Indica se este texto está oculto."
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:495
msgid "Paragraph background color name"
msgstr "Nome da cor de fondo do parágrafo"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:496
msgid "Paragraph background color as a string"
msgstr "Nome da cor de fondo do parágrafo como unha cadea"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:511
msgid "Paragraph background color"
msgstr "Cor de fondo do parágrafo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:512
msgid "Paragraph background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
msgstr ""
"Cor de fondo do parágrafo como unha GdkColor (posibelmente non asignada)"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:530
msgid "Margin Accumulates"
msgstr "Acumulación de marxes"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:531
msgid "Whether left and right margins accumulate."
msgstr "Indica se as marxes esquerda e dereita son acumulativas."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:544
msgid "Background full height set"
msgstr "Definición da altura completa do fondo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:545
msgid "Whether this tag affects background height"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á altura do fondo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:584
msgid "Justification set"
msgstr "Definición da xustificación"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:585
msgid "Whether this tag affects paragraph justification"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á xustificación do parágrafo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:592
msgid "Left margin set"
msgstr "Definición da marxe esquerda"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:593
msgid "Whether this tag affects the left margin"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á marxe esquerda"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:596
msgid "Indent set"
msgstr "Definición da sangría"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:597
msgid "Whether this tag affects indentation"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á sangría"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:604
msgid "Pixels above lines set"
msgstr "Definición dos píxeles sobre o conxunto de liñas"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:605 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:609
msgid "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels above lines"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta a cantidade de píxeles sobre as liñas"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:608
msgid "Pixels below lines set"
msgstr "Definición dos píxeles debaixo do conxunto de liñas"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:612
msgid "Pixels inside wrap set"
msgstr "Definición dos píxeles dentro do axuste"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:613
msgid "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels between wrapped lines"
msgstr ""
"Indica se esta marca afecta a cantidade de píxeles entre as liñas axustadas"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:620
msgid "Right margin set"
msgstr "Definición da marxe dereita"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:621
msgid "Whether this tag affects the right margin"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á marxe dereita"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:628
msgid "Wrap mode set"
msgstr "Definición do modo de axuste"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:629
msgid "Whether this tag affects line wrap mode"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao modo de axuste de liña"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:632
msgid "Tabs set"
msgstr "Definición dos separadores"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:633
msgid "Whether this tag affects tabs"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta aos separadores"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:636
msgid "Invisible set"
msgstr "Definición de invisíbel"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:637
msgid "Whether this tag affects text visibility"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á visibilidade do texto"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:640
msgid "Paragraph background set"
msgstr "Definición do fondo de parágrafo"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:641
msgid "Whether this tag affects the paragraph background color"
msgstr "Indica se esta etiqueta afecta á cor de fondo de parágrafo"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:637
msgid "Pixels Above Lines"
msgstr "Píxeles encima das liñas"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:647
msgid "Pixels Below Lines"
msgstr "Píxeles debaixo das liñas"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:657
msgid "Pixels Inside Wrap"
msgstr "Píxeles dentro do axuste"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:675
msgid "Wrap Mode"
msgstr "Modo de axuste"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:693
msgid "Left Margin"
msgstr "Marxe esquerda"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:703
msgid "Right Margin"
msgstr "Marxe dereita"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:731
msgid "Cursor Visible"
msgstr "Cursor visíbel"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:732
msgid "If the insertion cursor is shown"
msgstr "Se se mostra o cursor de inserción"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:739
msgid "Buffer"
msgstr "Búfer"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:740
msgid "The buffer which is displayed"
msgstr "O búfer que se mostra"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:748
msgid "Whether entered text overwrites existing contents"
msgstr "Indica se o texto introducido sobrescribe os contidos existentes"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:755
msgid "Accepts tab"
msgstr "Acepta tabulación"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:756
msgid "Whether Tab will result in a tab character being entered"
msgstr "Indica se o tabulador resultará nun carácter de tabulación introducido"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:791
msgid "Error underline color"
msgstr "Cor de subliñado de erros"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:792
msgid "Color with which to draw error-indication underlines"
msgstr "Cor coa que debuxar o subliñado de indicación de erros"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:118
msgid "Create the same proxies as a radio action"
msgstr "Crear os mesmos proxies como unha acción radio"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:119
msgid "Whether the proxies for this action look like radio action proxies"
msgstr ""
"Indica se a aparencia dos proxies para esta acción é como a dun proxy de "
"acción radio"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:134
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether the toggle action should be active"
msgstr "Se a acción de conmutación debe estar activa ou non"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:123 ../gtk/gtktoggletoolbutton.c:113
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "If the toggle button should be pressed in"
msgstr "Se o botón de estado debe estar premido ou non"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:131
msgid "If the toggle button is in an \"in between\" state"
msgstr "Se o botón de estado está en estado \"intermedio\""
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:138
msgid "Draw Indicator"
msgstr "Debuxar o indicador"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:139
msgid "If the toggle part of the button is displayed"
msgstr "Se se mostra a parte de activación do botón"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:485 ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1033
msgid "Toolbar Style"
msgstr "Estilo da barra de ferramentas"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:486
msgid "How to draw the toolbar"
msgstr "Como debuxar a barra de ferramentas"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:493
msgid "Show Arrow"
msgstr "Mostrar frecha"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:494
msgid "If an arrow should be shown if the toolbar doesn't fit"
msgstr "Se debe mostrar unha frecha se a barra de ferramentas non encaixa"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:515
msgid "Size of icons in this toolbar"
msgstr "Tamaño das iconas nesta barra de ferramentas"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:530 ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1019
msgid "Icon size set"
msgstr "Definición do tamaño da icona"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:531 ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1020
msgid "Whether the icon-size property has been set"
msgstr "Indica se se estabeleceu a propiedade de tamaño da icona"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:540
msgid "Whether the item should receive extra space when the toolbar grows"
msgstr ""
"Indica se o elemento debe recibir espazo adicional cando a barra de "
"ferramentas medre"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:548 ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1625
msgid "Whether the item should be the same size as other homogeneous items"
msgstr ""
"Indica se o elemento debería ser do mesmo tamaño que outros elementos "
"homoxéneos"
2005-10-19 23:09:08 +00:00
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:555
msgid "Spacer size"
msgstr "Tamaño do espazador"
2005-10-19 23:09:08 +00:00
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:556
msgid "Size of spacers"
msgstr "Tamaño dos espazadores"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:565
msgid "Amount of border space between the toolbar shadow and the buttons"
msgstr ""
"Cantidade de espazo do bordo entre a sombra da barra de ferramentas e os "
"botóns"
2005-10-19 23:09:08 +00:00
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:573
msgid "Maximum child expand"
msgstr "Expansión de fillos máxima"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:574
msgid "Maximum amount of space an expandable item will be given"
msgstr "Cantidade máxima de espazo que se lle dará a un elemento expandíbel"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:582
msgid "Space style"
msgstr "Estilo do espazo"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:583
msgid "Whether spacers are vertical lines or just blank"
msgstr "Indica se os espazadores son liñas verticais ou só espazos en branco"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:590
msgid "Button relief"
msgstr "Relevo do botón"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:591
msgid "Type of bevel around toolbar buttons"
msgstr "Tipo de bisel ao redor dos botóns da barra de ferramentas"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:598
msgid "Style of bevel around the toolbar"
msgstr "Estilo do bisel ao redor da barra de ferramentas"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:203
msgid "Text to show in the item."
msgstr "Texto para mostrar no elemento."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:210
msgid ""
"If set, an underline in the label property indicates that the next character "
"should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key in the overflow menu"
msgstr ""
"Se se estabelece, un subliñado na etiqueta da propiedade indica que o "
"seguinte carácter debería usarse para a tecla rápida mnemónica no menú de "
"desbordamento"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:217
msgid "Widget to use as the item label"
msgstr "Widget que usar como etiqueta do elemento"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:223
msgid "Stock Id"
msgstr "ID de inventario"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:224
msgid "The stock icon displayed on the item"
msgstr "A icona de inventario mostrada no elemento"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:240
msgid "Icon name"
msgstr "Nome da icona"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:241
msgid "The name of the themed icon displayed on the item"
msgstr "O nome da icona de tema mostrada no elemento"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:247
msgid "Icon widget"
msgstr "Icona do widget"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:248
msgid "Icon widget to display in the item"
msgstr "Icona do widget para mostrar no elemento"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:261
msgid "Icon spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento da icona"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:262
msgid "Spacing in pixels between the icon and label"
msgstr "Espazamento en píxeles entre a icona e a etiqueta"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:201
msgid ""
"Whether the toolbar item is considered important. When TRUE, toolbar buttons "
"show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode"
msgstr ""
"Indica se o elemento da barra de ferramentas se considera importante. Cando "
"é TRUE, os botóns da barra de ferramentas mostran o texto no modo "
"GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1572
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "The human-readable title of this item group"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Unha descrición lexíbel por humanos do elemento de grupo"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1579
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual label"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Un widget para mostrar no lugar da etiqueta habitual"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1585
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Collapsed"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Recollido"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1586
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Whether the group has been collapsed and items are hidden"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se grupo foi contraído e os elementos agochados"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1592
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "ellipsize"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Elipse"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1593
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Ellipsize for item group headers"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Elipse para as cabeceiras de grupo do elemento"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1599
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Header Relief"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Relieve da cabeceira"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1600
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Relief of the group header button"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Relieve do botón de cabeceira de grupo"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1615
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Header Spacing"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Espazamento da cabeceira"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1616
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Spacing between expander arrow and caption"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Espazamento entre a frecha expansora e o título"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1632
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether the item should receive extra space when the group grows"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o elemento debe recibir espazo adicional cando o grupo medre"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1639
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether the item should fill the available space"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o elemento deben encher o espazo dispoñíbel"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1645
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "New Row"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Nova fila"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1646
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether the item should start a new row"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se os elementos deberían mostrarse nunha nova fila"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1653
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Position of the item within this group"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Posición do elemento neste grupo"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1004
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Size of icons in this tool palette"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Tamaño das iconas nesta paleta de ferramentas"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1034
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Style of items in the tool palette"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Estilo dos elementos na paleta de ferramentas"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1050
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Exclusive"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Exclusivo"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1051
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether the item group should be the only expanded at a given time"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indica se o grupo de elementos deberían expandirse só nun momento determinado"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1066
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the item group should receive extra space when the palette grows"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indica se o grupo de elementos debe recibir espazo adicional cando a paleta "
"medre"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:134
2010-05-01 22:10:08 +00:00
msgid "Foreground color for symbolic icons"
msgstr "Cor de primeiro plano para as iconas simbólicas"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:141
2010-05-01 22:10:08 +00:00
msgid "Error color"
msgstr "Cor de erro"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:142
2010-05-01 22:10:08 +00:00
msgid "Error color for symbolic icons"
msgstr "Cor de erro para as iconas simbólicas"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:149
2010-05-01 22:10:08 +00:00
msgid "Warning color"
msgstr "Cor de aviso"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:150
2010-05-01 22:10:08 +00:00
msgid "Warning color for symbolic icons"
msgstr "Cor de aviso para as iconas simbólicas"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:157
2010-05-01 22:10:08 +00:00
msgid "Success color"
msgstr "Cor de éxito"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:158
2010-05-01 22:10:08 +00:00
msgid "Success color for symbolic icons"
msgstr "Cor de éxito para as iconas simbólicas"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:166
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
msgid "Padding that should be put around icons in the tray"
2010-05-14 07:47:29 +00:00
msgstr "Separación que poñer ao redor das iconas na bandexa"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c:278
msgid "TreeModelSort Model"
msgstr "Modelo TreeModelSort"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c:279
msgid "The model for the TreeModelSort to sort"
msgstr "O modelo para o TreeModelSort que ordenar"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:568
msgid "TreeView Model"
msgstr "Modelo TreeView"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:569
msgid "The model for the tree view"
msgstr "O modelo para a visualización en árbore"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:581
msgid "Headers Visible"
msgstr "Cabeceiras visíbeis"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:582
msgid "Show the column header buttons"
msgstr "Mostrar botóns nas cabeceiras de columna"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:589
msgid "Headers Clickable"
msgstr "Cabeceiras premíbeis"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:590
msgid "Column headers respond to click events"
msgstr "As cabeceiras de columna responden aos eventos de clic"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:597
msgid "Expander Column"
msgstr "Columna expansora"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:598
msgid "Set the column for the expander column"
msgstr "Estabelecer a columna para a columna expansora"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:613
msgid "Rules Hint"
msgstr "Suxestión das regras"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:614
msgid "Set a hint to the theme engine to draw rows in alternating colors"
msgstr ""
"Define unha suxestión para o motor de tema para debuxar as filas con cores "
"alternas"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:621
msgid "Enable Search"
msgstr "Activar a busca"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:622
msgid "View allows user to search through columns interactively"
msgstr ""
"A visualización permite aos usuarios buscar de modo interactivo a través das "
"columnas"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:629
msgid "Search Column"
msgstr "Columna de busca"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:630
msgid "Model column to search through during interactive search"
msgstr "A columna de modelo na que buscar durante a busca interactiva"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:650
msgid "Fixed Height Mode"
msgstr "Modo de altura fixa"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:651
msgid "Speeds up GtkTreeView by assuming that all rows have the same height"
msgstr "Acelera GtkTreeView asumindo que todas as filas teñen a mesma altura"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:671
msgid "Hover Selection"
msgstr "Seleccionar ao pasar por encima"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:672
msgid "Whether the selection should follow the pointer"
msgstr "Indica se a selección debería seguir o punteiro"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:691
msgid "Hover Expand"
msgstr "Expandir ao pasar por encima"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:692
msgid ""
"Whether rows should be expanded/collapsed when the pointer moves over them"
msgstr ""
"Indica se as filas deben expandirse ou contraerse cando se move o punteiro "
"sobre elas"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:706
msgid "Show Expanders"
msgstr "Mostrar expansores"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:707
msgid "View has expanders"
msgstr "A visualización ten expansores"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:721
msgid "Level Indentation"
msgstr "Nivel de sangría"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:722
msgid "Extra indentation for each level"
msgstr "Sangría adicional para cada nivel"
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:731
msgid "Rubber Banding"
msgstr "Tiras de goma"
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:732
msgid ""
"Whether to enable selection of multiple items by dragging the mouse pointer"
msgstr ""
"Indica se se activa a selección de múltiples elementos arrastrando o "
"punteiro do rato"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:739
msgid "Enable Grid Lines"
msgstr "Activar as liñas da grade"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:740
msgid "Whether grid lines should be drawn in the tree view"
msgstr ""
"Indica se as liñas da grade se deben debuxar na visualización en árbore"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:748
msgid "Enable Tree Lines"
msgstr "Activar as liñas da árbore"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:749
msgid "Whether tree lines should be drawn in the tree view"
msgstr "Indica se se deben debuxar as liñas na visualización en árbore"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:757
msgid "The column in the model containing the tooltip texts for the rows"
msgstr "A columna do modelo que contén os textos de indicación para as filas"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:779
msgid "Vertical Separator Width"
msgstr "Largura do separador vertical"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:780
msgid "Vertical space between cells. Must be an even number"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgstr "Espazo vertical entre celas. Debe ser un número par"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:788
msgid "Horizontal Separator Width"
msgstr "Largura do separador horizontal"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:789
msgid "Horizontal space between cells. Must be an even number"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
msgstr "Espazo horizontal entre celas. Debe ser un número par"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:797
msgid "Allow Rules"
msgstr "Permitir regras"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:798
msgid "Allow drawing of alternating color rows"
msgstr "Permitir debuxar filas con cores alternas"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:804
msgid "Indent Expanders"
msgstr "Sangrar os expansores"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:805
msgid "Make the expanders indented"
msgstr "Crear os expansores sangrados"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:811
msgid "Even Row Color"
msgstr "Cor da fila par"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:812
msgid "Color to use for even rows"
msgstr "Cor que usar para as filas pares"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:818
msgid "Odd Row Color"
msgstr "Cor da fila impar"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:819
msgid "Color to use for odd rows"
msgstr "Cor que usar para as filas impares"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:825
msgid "Grid line width"
msgstr "Largura da liña da grade"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:826
msgid "Width, in pixels, of the tree view grid lines"
msgstr "Largura en píxeles das liñas da grade da visualización en árbore"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:832
msgid "Tree line width"
msgstr "Largura da liña da árbore"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:833
msgid "Width, in pixels, of the tree view lines"
msgstr "Largura en píxeles das liñas da visualización en árbore"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:839
msgid "Grid line pattern"
msgstr "Patrón da liña da grade"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:840
msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the tree view grid lines"
msgstr ""
"Patrón de trazos usado para debuxar as liñas da grade da visualización en "
"árbore"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:846
msgid "Tree line pattern"
msgstr "Patrón da liña da árbore"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:847
msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the tree view lines"
msgstr ""
"Patrón de trazos usado para debuxar as liñas da visualización en árbore"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:214
msgid "Whether to display the column"
msgstr "Indica se se mostra a columna"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:221 ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:657
msgid "Resizable"
msgstr "Redimensionábel"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:222
msgid "Column is user-resizable"
msgstr "O usuario pode redimensionar a columna"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:230
msgid "Current width of the column"
msgstr "Largura actual da columna"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:239
msgid "Space which is inserted between cells"
msgstr "Espazo que se introduce entre as celas"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:247
msgid "Sizing"
msgstr "Dimensionamento"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:248
msgid "Resize mode of the column"
msgstr "Modo de redimensionamento da columna"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:256
msgid "Fixed Width"
msgstr "Largura fixa"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:257
msgid "Current fixed width of the column"
msgstr "Largura fixa actual da columna"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:266
msgid "Minimum Width"
msgstr "Largura mínima"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:267
msgid "Minimum allowed width of the column"
msgstr "Largura mínima permitida da columna"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:276
msgid "Maximum Width"
msgstr "Largura máxima"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:277
msgid "Maximum allowed width of the column"
msgstr "Largura máxima permitida da columna"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:287
msgid "Title to appear in column header"
msgstr "Título que aparecerá na cabeceira da columna"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:295
msgid "Column gets share of extra width allocated to the widget"
msgstr "A columna obtén unha parte da largura adicional asignada ao widget"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:302
msgid "Clickable"
msgstr "Premíbel"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:303
msgid "Whether the header can be clicked"
msgstr "Indica se a cabeceira se pode premer"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:311
msgid "Widget"
msgstr "Widget"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:312
msgid "Widget to put in column header button instead of column title"
msgstr ""
"O widget para colocar no botón da cabeceira da columna en vez do título da "
"columna"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:320
msgid "X Alignment of the column header text or widget"
msgstr "Aliñamento X do texto da cabeceira da columna ou do widget"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:330
msgid "Whether the column can be reordered around the headers"
msgstr "Indica se a columna se pode reordenar ao redor das cabeceiras"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:337
msgid "Sort indicator"
msgstr "Indicador de ordenación"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:338
msgid "Whether to show a sort indicator"
msgstr "Indica se se mostra un indicador de ordenación"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:345
msgid "Sort order"
msgstr "Orde de clasificación"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:346
msgid "Sort direction the sort indicator should indicate"
msgstr "Dirección de ordenación que o indicador deberá mostrar"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:362
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgid "Sort column ID"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "ID de columna de ordenación"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:363
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgid "Logical sort column ID this column sorts on when selected for sorting"
msgstr ""
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
"O ID de columna de ordenación lóxica ordena esta columna cando é "
"seleccionada para ordenar"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkuimanager.c:225
msgid "Whether tearoff menu items should be added to menus"
msgstr "Indica se se deben engadir elementos de menú despregábel aos menús"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkuimanager.c:232
msgid "Merged UI definition"
msgstr "Definición de IU combinado"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkuimanager.c:233
msgid "An XML string describing the merged UI"
msgstr "Unha cadea XML que describe o IU combinado"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkviewport.c:156
msgid "Determines how the shadowed box around the viewport is drawn"
msgstr ""
"Determina como se debuxa a caixa sombreada ao redor da área de visualización"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:935
msgid "Widget name"
msgstr "Nome do widget"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:936
msgid "The name of the widget"
msgstr "O nome do widget"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:942
msgid "Parent widget"
msgstr "Widget pai"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:943
msgid "The parent widget of this widget. Must be a Container widget"
msgstr "O widget pai deste widget. Debe ser un widget contedor"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:950
msgid "Width request"
msgstr "Solicitude de largura"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:951
msgid ""
"Override for width request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be "
"used"
msgstr ""
"Sobrepor a solicitude de largura do widget ou -1 se se debe empregar a "
"solicitude normal"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:959
msgid "Height request"
msgstr "Solicitude de altura"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:960
msgid ""
"Override for height request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should "
"be used"
msgstr ""
"Sobrepor a solicitude de altura do widget ou -1 se se debe empregar a "
"solicitude normal"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:969
msgid "Whether the widget is visible"
msgstr "Indica se o widget é visíbel"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:976
msgid "Whether the widget responds to input"
msgstr "Indica se o widget responde á entrada de datos"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:982
msgid "Application paintable"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Aplicativo pintábel"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:983
msgid "Whether the application will paint directly on the widget"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o aplicativo pintará directamente sobre o widget"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:989
msgid "Can focus"
msgstr "Pode enfocar"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:990
msgid "Whether the widget can accept the input focus"
msgstr "Indica se o widget pode aceptar o foco de entrada"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:996
msgid "Has focus"
msgstr "Ten foco"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:997
msgid "Whether the widget has the input focus"
msgstr "Indica se o widget ten o foco de entrada"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1003
msgid "Is focus"
msgstr "É o foco"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1004
msgid "Whether the widget is the focus widget within the toplevel"
msgstr "Indica se o widget é o widget co foco, dentro do nivel superior"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1010
msgid "Can default"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Pode ser o predefinido"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1011
msgid "Whether the widget can be the default widget"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o widget pode ser o widget predefinido"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1017
msgid "Has default"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "É o predefinido"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1018
msgid "Whether the widget is the default widget"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o widget é o widget predefinido"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1024
msgid "Receives default"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Recibe o predefinido"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1025
msgid "If TRUE, the widget will receive the default action when it is focused"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Se é TRUE, o widget recibirá a acción predefinida cando estea enfocado"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1031
msgid "Composite child"
msgstr "Fillo composto"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1032
msgid "Whether the widget is part of a composite widget"
msgstr "Indica se o widget é parte dun widget composto"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1038
msgid "Style"
msgstr "Estilo"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1039
msgid ""
"The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look "
"(colors etc)"
msgstr ""
"O estilo do widget, que contén información sobre a aparencia (cores etc.)"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1045
msgid "Events"
msgstr "Eventos"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1046
msgid "The event mask that decides what kind of GdkEvents this widget gets"
msgstr ""
"A máscara de eventos que decide que tipo de GdkEvents recibe este widget"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1053
msgid "Extension events"
msgstr "Eventos de extensión"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1054
msgid "The mask that decides what kind of extension events this widget gets"
msgstr ""
"A máscara que decide que clase de eventos de extensión consegue este widget"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1061
msgid "No show all"
msgstr "Non mostrar todo"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1062
msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget"
msgstr "Indica se o gtk_widget_show_all() non debe afectar a este widget"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1085
msgid "Whether this widget has a tooltip"
msgstr "Indica se este widget ten unha indicación"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1141
msgid "Window"
msgstr "Xanela"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1142
msgid "The widget's window if it is realized"
msgstr "A xanela do widget, se se crea"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1156
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Double Buffered"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Con búfer dobre"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1157
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
msgid "Whether the widget is double buffered"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o widget conta ou non con búfer dobre"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1172
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "How to position in extra horizontal space"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgstr "Como posicionar no espazo horizontal adicional"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1188
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "How to position in extra vertical space"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgstr "Como posicionar no espazo vertical adicional"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1207
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Margin on Left"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Marxe á esquerda"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1208
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Pixels of extra space on the left side"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Píxeles de espacio adicional na lado esquerda"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1228
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Margin on Right"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Marxe á dereita"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1229
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Pixels of extra space on the right side"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Píxeles de espacio adicional na lado dereita"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1249
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Margin on Top"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Marxe superior"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1250
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Pixels of extra space on the top side"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Píxeles de espacio adicional na lado superior"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1270
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Margin on Bottom"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Marxe inferior"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1271
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Pixels of extra space on the bottom side"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Píxeles de espacio adicional na lado inferior"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1288
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "All Margins"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Todos os marxes"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1289
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
msgid "Pixels of extra space on all four sides"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgstr "Píxeles de espacio adicional nos catro lados"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1322
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Expand"
msgstr "Expansión horizontal"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1323
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Whether widget wants more horizontal space"
msgstr "Indica se o widget quere usar máis espazo horizontal"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1337
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Expand Set"
msgstr "Axuste de expansión horizontal"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1338
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Whether to use the hexpand property"
msgstr "Indica se se debe usar a propiedade hexpand"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1352
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Expand"
msgstr "Expansión vertical"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1353
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Whether widget wants more vertical space"
msgstr "Indica se o widget quere usar máis espazo vertical"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1367
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Expand Set"
msgstr "Axuste de expansión vertical"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1368
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Whether to use the vexpand property"
msgstr "Indica se se debe usar a propiedade vexpand"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1382
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Expand Both"
msgstr "Expandir en ambas"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1383
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "Whether widget wants to expand in both directions"
msgstr "Indica se o widget quere expandirse en ámbalas dúas direccións"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3037
msgid "Interior Focus"
msgstr "Foco interior"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3038
msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets"
msgstr "Indica se se debuxa o foco indicador dentro dos widgets"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3044
msgid "Focus linewidth"
msgstr "Enfocar a largura da liña"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3045
msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line"
msgstr "Largura en píxeles da liña indicadora do foco"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3051
msgid "Focus line dash pattern"
msgstr "Patrón de trazos da liña de foco"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3052
msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator"
msgstr "Patrón de trazos empregado para debuxar o indicador de foco"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3057
msgid "Focus padding"
msgstr "Recheo do foco"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3058
msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'"
msgstr "Largura en píxeles entre o indicador de foco e a 'caixa' do widget"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3063
msgid "Cursor color"
msgstr "Cor do cursor"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3064
msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor"
msgstr "Cor coa que debuxar o cursor de inserción"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3069
msgid "Secondary cursor color"
msgstr "Cor secundaria do cursor"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3070
msgid ""
"Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed "
"right-to-left and left-to-right text"
msgstr ""
"Cor coa que debuxar o cursor de inserción secundario cando se edita unha "
"mestura de texto de dereita a esquerda e de esquerda a dereita"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3075
msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio"
msgstr "Proporción de aspecto da liña do cursor"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3076
msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor"
msgstr "Proporción de aspecto coa que debuxar o cursor de inserción"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3082
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
msgid "Window dragging"
msgstr "Arrastre da xanela"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3083
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
msgid "Whether windows can be dragged by clicking on empty areas"
msgstr "Indica se as xanelas se poden arrastrar premendo nas áreas baleiras"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3096
msgid "Unvisited Link Color"
msgstr "Cor de ligazón non visitada"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3097
msgid "Color of unvisited links"
msgstr "Cor de ligazóns non visitadas"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3110
msgid "Visited Link Color"
msgstr "Cor de ligazón visitada"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3111
msgid "Color of visited links"
msgstr "Cor de ligazóns visitadas"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3125
msgid "Wide Separators"
msgstr "Separadores largos"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3126
msgid ""
"Whether separators have configurable width and should be drawn using a box "
"instead of a line"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os separadores teñen unha largura configurábel e se deberían "
"debuxarse usando unha caixa en vez dunha liña"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3140
msgid "Separator Width"
msgstr "Largura do separador"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3141
msgid "The width of separators if wide-separators is TRUE"
msgstr "A largura dos separadores se \"wide-separators\" é TRUE"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3155
msgid "Separator Height"
msgstr "Altura do separador"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3156
msgid "The height of separators if \"wide-separators\" is TRUE"
msgstr "A altura dos separadores se \"wide-separators\" é TRUE"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3170
msgid "Horizontal Scroll Arrow Length"
msgstr "Lonxitude da frecha de desprazamento horizontal"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3171
msgid "The length of horizontal scroll arrows"
msgstr "A lonxitude das frechas de desprazamento horizontal"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3185
msgid "Vertical Scroll Arrow Length"
msgstr "Lonxitude das frechas de desprazamento vertical"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3186
msgid "The length of vertical scroll arrows"
msgstr "A lonxitude das frechas de desprazamento vertical"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:615
msgid "Window Type"
msgstr "Tipo de xanela"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:616
msgid "The type of the window"
msgstr "O tipo da xanela"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:624
msgid "Window Title"
msgstr "Título da xanela"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:625
msgid "The title of the window"
msgstr "O título da xanela"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:632
msgid "Window Role"
msgstr "Rol da xanela"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:633
msgid "Unique identifier for the window to be used when restoring a session"
msgstr ""
"Identificador único para a xanela que se usará ao restaurar unha sesión"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:649
msgid "Startup ID"
msgstr "ID de inicio"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:650
msgid "Unique startup identifier for the window used by startup-notification"
msgstr ""
"Identificador único para a xanela que se usará para a notificación de inicio"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:658
msgid "If TRUE, users can resize the window"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, os usuarios poden redimensionar a xanela"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:665
msgid "Modal"
msgstr "Modal"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:666
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the window is modal (other windows are not usable while this one is "
"up)"
msgstr ""
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"Se é TRUE, a xanela é modal (non é posíbel usar outras xanelas mentres esta "
"está encima)"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:673
msgid "Window Position"
msgstr "Posición da xanela"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:674
msgid "The initial position of the window"
msgstr "A posición inicial da xanela"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:682
msgid "Default Width"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Largura predefinida"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:683
msgid "The default width of the window, used when initially showing the window"
msgstr ""
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
"A largura predefinida da xanela, usada cando se mostra inicialmente a xanela"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:692
msgid "Default Height"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Altura predefinida"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:693
msgid ""
"The default height of the window, used when initially showing the window"
msgstr ""
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
"A altura predefinida da xanela, usada cando se mostra inicialmente a xanela"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:702
msgid "Destroy with Parent"
msgstr "Destruír co pai"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:703
msgid "If this window should be destroyed when the parent is destroyed"
msgstr "Se esta xanela debería ser destruída cando se destrúe o pai"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:711
msgid "Icon for this window"
msgstr "Icona para esta xanela"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:717
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
msgid "Mnemonics Visible"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Mnemónicos visíbeis"
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:718
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
msgid "Whether mnemonics are currently visible in this window"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se os mnemónicos están visíbeis actualmente nesta xanela"
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:734
msgid "Name of the themed icon for this window"
msgstr "Nome da icona de tema para esta xanela"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:749
msgid "Is Active"
msgstr "Está activo"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:750
msgid "Whether the toplevel is the current active window"
msgstr "Indica se o nivel superior é a xanela activa actual"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:757
msgid "Focus in Toplevel"
msgstr "Foco no nivel superior"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:758
msgid "Whether the input focus is within this GtkWindow"
msgstr "Indica se o foco de entrada está dentro desta GtkWindow"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:765
msgid "Type hint"
msgstr "Suxestión de tipo"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:766
msgid ""
"Hint to help the desktop environment understand what kind of window this is "
"and how to treat it."
msgstr ""
"Suxestión para axudar ao contorno de escritorio a entender que clase de "
"xanela é e como tratar con ela."
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:774
msgid "Skip taskbar"
msgstr "Omitir a barra de tarefas"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:775
msgid "TRUE if the window should not be in the task bar."
msgstr "É TRUE se a xanela non debe estar na barra de tarefas."
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:782
msgid "Skip pager"
msgstr "Omitir o paxinador"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:783
msgid "TRUE if the window should not be in the pager."
msgstr "É TRUE se a xanela non debe estar no paxinador."
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:790
msgid "Urgent"
msgstr "Urxente"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:791
msgid "TRUE if the window should be brought to the user's attention."
msgstr "É TRUE se a xanela debe chamar a atención do usuario."
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:805
msgid "Accept focus"
msgstr "Aceptar o foco"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:806
msgid "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus."
msgstr "É TRUE se a xanela non debe recibir o foco de entrada."
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:820
msgid "Focus on map"
msgstr "Foco no mapa"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:821
msgid "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus when mapped."
msgstr "É TRUE se a xanela debería recibir o foco de entrada cando se mapee."
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:835
msgid "Decorated"
msgstr "Decorado"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:836
msgid "Whether the window should be decorated by the window manager"
msgstr "Indica se o xestor de xanelas debe decorar a xanela"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:850
msgid "Deletable"
msgstr "Eliminábel"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:851
msgid "Whether the window frame should have a close button"
msgstr "Indica se o marco da xanela debería ter un botón de pechar"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:870
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgid "Resize grip"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgstr "Tirador de redimensión"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:871
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgid "Specifies whether the window should have a resize grip"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se a xanela debe ter un tirador de redimensión"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:885
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgid "Resize grip is visible"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgstr "O tirador de redimensión é visíbel"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:886
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgid "Specifies whether the window's resize grip is visible."
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o tirador de redimensión da xanela é visíbel."
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:902
msgid "Gravity"
msgstr "Gravidade"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:903
msgid "The window gravity of the window"
msgstr "O tipo de gravidade da xanela"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:920
msgid "Transient for Window"
msgstr "Transición para a xanela"
2005-10-19 23:09:08 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:921
msgid "The transient parent of the dialog"
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
msgstr "O pai transicional do diálogo"
2005-10-19 23:09:08 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:936
msgid "Opacity for Window"
msgstr "Opacidade para a xanela"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:937
msgid "The opacity of the window, from 0 to 1"
msgstr "A opacidade da xanela; de 0 até 1"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:947 ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:948
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgid "Width of resize grip"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgstr "Anchura do tirador de redimensión"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:953 ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:954
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
msgid "Height of resize grip"
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgstr "Altura do tirador de redimensión"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:973
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "GtkApplication"
msgstr "GtkApplication"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:974
2010-10-24 23:13:13 +00:00
msgid "The GtkApplication for the window"
msgstr "O GtkApplication para a xanela"
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#~ msgid "Horizontal adjustment"
#~ msgstr "Axuste horizontal"
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#~ msgid "Vertical adjustment"
#~ msgstr "Axuste vertical"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#~ msgid "Horizontal Adjustment for the widget"
#~ msgstr "Axuste horizontal para o widget"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-10-26 14:59:45 +00:00
#~ msgid "Vertical Adjustment for the widget"
#~ msgstr "Axuste vertical para o widget"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the horizontal position "
#~ "for this viewport"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O GtkAdjustment que determina os valores da posición horizontal para esta "
#~ "área de visualización"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the vertical position for "
#~ "this viewport"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O GtkAdjustment que determina os valores da posición vertical para esta "
#~ "área de visualización"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
2010-10-11 08:22:04 +00:00
#~ msgid "Whether the statusbar has a grip for resizing the toplevel"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indica se a barra de estado ten un tirador para redimensionar o nivel "
#~ "superior"
2010-10-01 19:58:09 +00:00
#~ msgid "Has separator"
#~ msgstr "Ten un separador"
#~ msgid "The dialog has a separator bar above its buttons"
#~ msgstr "A caixa de diálogo ten unha barra separadora sobre os seus botóns"
#~ msgid "State Hint"
#~ msgstr "Suxestión de estado"
#~ msgid "Whether to pass a proper state when drawing shadow or background"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indica se se pasa unha propiedade de estado cando se debuxe a sombra ou o "
#~ "fondo"
#~ msgid "Deprecated property, use shadow_type instead"
#~ msgstr "Propiedade anticuada; use shadow_type no seu lugar"
#~ msgid "Pixmap"
#~ msgstr "Mapa de píxeles"
#~ msgid "A GdkPixmap to display"
#~ msgstr "Un GdkPixmap para mostrar"
#~ msgid "Mask"
#~ msgstr "Máscara"
#~ msgid "Mask bitmap to use with GdkPixmap"
#~ msgstr "A máscara do mapa de bits que se vai usar con GdkPixmap"
#~ msgid "Use separator"
#~ msgstr "Usar un separador"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether to put a separator between the message dialog's text and the "
#~ "buttons"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indica se se pon un separador entre o texto do diálogo de mensaxe e os "
#~ "botóns"
#~ msgid "Draw slider ACTIVE during drag"
#~ msgstr "Debuxar control desprazábel ACTIVO durante o arrastre"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "With this option set to TRUE, sliders will be drawn ACTIVE and with "
#~ "shadow IN while they are dragged"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Con esta opción definida como TRUE, os controis desprazábeis debuxaranse "
#~ "como ACTIVOS e con sombra DENTRO ao arrastralos"
#~ msgid "Trough Side Details"
#~ msgstr "Detalles do lado do canal"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "When TRUE, the parts of the trough on the two sides of the slider are "
#~ "drawn with different details"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cando é TRUE, as partes do canal nos dous lados do control desprazábel "
#~ "debúxanse con detalles diferentes"
#~ msgid "Stepper Position Details"
#~ msgstr "Detalles da posición da frecha"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "When TRUE, the detail string for rendering the steppers is suffixed with "
#~ "position information"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cando sea TRUE, á cadea de detalles para debuxar as datas engádenselle un "
#~ "sufixo con información de posición"
#~ msgid "Blinking"
#~ msgstr "Intermitencia"
#~ msgid "Whether the status icon is blinking"
#~ msgstr "Indica se a icona de estado pestanexa ou non"
#~ msgid "Row Ending details"
#~ msgstr "Detalles de terminación de fila"
#~ msgid "Enable extended row background theming"
#~ msgstr "Activar o tema do fondo de estendido de fila"
2010-08-23 00:22:00 +00:00
#~ msgid "Draw Border"
#~ msgstr "Debuxar bordo"
#~ msgid "Size of areas outside the widget's allocation to draw"
#~ msgstr "Tamaño das áreas fóra da asignación do widget para debuxar"
2010-08-17 16:35:35 +00:00
#~ msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer"
#~ msgstr "o GdkScreen para o renderizador"
#~ msgid "A GdkImage to display"
#~ msgstr "Un GdkImage para mostrar"
#~ msgid "Background stipple mask"
#~ msgstr "Máscara de puntos do fondo"
#~ msgid "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text background"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O mapa de bits que se vai usar como unha máscara cando se debuxe o fondo "
#~ "do texto"
#~ msgid "Foreground stipple mask"
#~ msgstr "Máscara de puntos de primeiro plano"
#~ msgid "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text foreground"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O mapa de bits que usar como máscara ao debuxar o primeiro plano de texto"
#~ msgid "Background stipple set"
#~ msgstr "Definición da liña punteada de fondo"
#~ msgid "Whether this tag affects the background stipple"
#~ msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á liña punteada de fondo"
#~ msgid "Foreground stipple set"
#~ msgstr "Definición da liña punteada de primeiro plano"
#~ msgid "Whether this tag affects the foreground stipple"
#~ msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á liña punteada de primeiro plano"
2010-08-11 16:19:34 +00:00
#~ msgid "The adjustment that holds the value of the spinbutton."
#~ msgstr "O axuste que mantén o valor do botón de axuste."
#~ msgid "Invisible char set"
#~ msgstr "Carácter invisíbel definido"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The maximum number of items to be returned by gtk_recent_manager_get_items"
#~ "()"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O número máximo de elementos que serán devoltos polo "
#~ "gtk_recent_manager_get_items()"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#~ msgid "Loop"
#~ msgstr "Facer bucle"
#~ msgid "Whether the animation should loop when it reaches the end"
#~ msgstr "Cando a animación debería recomezar ao acadar o fin"
#~ msgid "Number of Channels"
#~ msgstr "Número de canles"
#~ msgid "The number of samples per pixel"
#~ msgstr "O número de mostras por píxel"
#~ msgid "Colorspace"
#~ msgstr "Espazo de cor"
#~ msgid "The colorspace in which the samples are interpreted"
#~ msgstr "O espazo de cor en que se interpretan as mostras"
#~ msgid "Has Alpha"
#~ msgstr "Ten alfa"
#~ msgid "Whether the pixbuf has an alpha channel"
#~ msgstr "Indica se o pixbuf ten unha canle alfa"
#~ msgid "Bits per Sample"
#~ msgstr "Bits por mostra"
#~ msgid "The number of bits per sample"
#~ msgstr "O número de bits por mostra"
#~ msgid "The number of columns of the pixbuf"
#~ msgstr "O número de columnas do pixbuf"
#~ msgid "The number of rows of the pixbuf"
#~ msgstr "O número de filas do pixbuf"
#~ msgid "Rowstride"
#~ msgstr "Separación de filas"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The number of bytes between the start of a row and the start of the next "
#~ "row"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O número de bytes entre o inicio dunha fila e o inicio da fila seguinte"
#~ msgid "Pixels"
#~ msgstr "Píxeles"
#~ msgid "A pointer to the pixel data of the pixbuf"
#~ msgstr "Un punteiro para os datos de píxel do pixbuf"
#~ msgid "The GdkFont that is currently selected"
#~ msgstr "O GdkFont que está actualmente seleccionado"
#~ msgid "Allow Shrink"
#~ msgstr "Permitir redución"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If TRUE, the window has no mimimum size. Setting this to TRUE is 99% of "
#~ "the time a bad idea"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se é TRUE, a xanela non ten tamaño mínimo. Colocar este valor como TRUE é "
#~ "unha mala idea o 99% das veces"
#~ msgid "Allow Grow"
#~ msgstr "Permitir crecemento"
#~ msgid "If TRUE, users can expand the window beyond its minimum size"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se é TRUE, os usuarios poden expandir a xanela máis alá do seu tamaño "
#~ "mínimo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#~ msgid "Activity mode"
#~ msgstr "Modo de actividade"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If TRUE, the GtkProgress is in activity mode, meaning that it signals "
#~ "something is happening, but not how much of the activity is finished. "
#~ "This is used when you're doing something but don't know how long it will "
#~ "take."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se é TRUE, o GtkProgress está en modo de actividade, o que significa que "
#~ "indica que algo está pasando, mais non que parte da actividade está "
#~ "terminada. Isto úsase cando está facendo algo que non sabe canto tempo "
#~ "pode tardar."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#~ msgid "Enable arrow keys"
#~ msgstr "Activar as teclas de frecha"
#~ msgid "Whether the arrow keys move through the list of items"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indica se as teclas de frecha permiten moverse a través da lista de "
#~ "elementos"
#~ msgid "Always enable arrows"
#~ msgstr "Activar sempre as frechas"
#~ msgid "Obsolete property, ignored"
#~ msgstr "Propiedade obsoleta; ignorada"
#~ msgid "Case sensitive"
#~ msgstr "Diferenciar maiúsculas de minúsculas"
#~ msgid "Whether list item matching is case sensitive"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indica se a lista de elementos coincidentes diferencia maiúsculas de "
#~ "minúsculas"
#~ msgid "Allow empty"
#~ msgstr "Permitir baleiro"
#~ msgid "Whether an empty value may be entered in this field"
#~ msgstr "Indica se se pode introducir neste campo un valor baleiro"
#~ msgid "Value in list"
#~ msgstr "Valor da lista"
#~ msgid "Whether entered values must already be present in the list"
#~ msgstr "Indica se os valores introducidos deben estar xa presentes na lista"
#~ msgid "Is this curve linear, spline interpolated, or free-form"
#~ msgstr "Se esta curva é lineal, spline interpolada ou de forma libre"
#~ msgid "Minimum X"
#~ msgstr "X mínimo"
#~ msgid "Minimum possible value for X"
#~ msgstr "Mínimo valor posíbel para X"
#~ msgid "Maximum X"
#~ msgstr "X máximo"
#~ msgid "Maximum possible X value"
#~ msgstr "Máximo valor posíbel para X"
#~ msgid "Minimum Y"
#~ msgstr "Y mínimo"
#~ msgid "Minimum possible value for Y"
#~ msgstr "Mínimo valor posíbel para Y"
#~ msgid "Maximum Y"
#~ msgstr "Y máximo"
#~ msgid "Maximum possible value for Y"
#~ msgstr "Máximo valor posíbel para Y"
#~ msgid "File System Backend"
#~ msgstr "Backend do sistema de ficheiros"
#~ msgid "Name of file system backend to use"
#~ msgstr "Nome do backend do sistema de ficheiros para usar"
#~ msgid "The currently selected filename"
#~ msgstr "O nome do ficheiro actualmente seleccionado"
#~ msgid "Show file operations"
#~ msgstr "Mostrar operacións de ficheiro"
#~ msgid "Whether buttons for creating/manipulating files should be displayed"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indica se se deben mostrar os botóns de creación ou manipulación de "
#~ "ficheiros"
#~ msgid "Tab Border"
#~ msgstr "Bordo de separador"
#~ msgid "Width of the border around the tab labels"
#~ msgstr "Largura do bordo ao redor das etiquetas de separador"
#~ msgid "Horizontal Tab Border"
#~ msgstr "Bordo horizontal de separador"
#~ msgid "Width of the horizontal border of tab labels"
#~ msgstr "Largura do bordo horizontal das etiquetas de separador"
#~ msgid "Vertical Tab Border"
#~ msgstr "Bordo vertical de separador"
#~ msgid "Width of the vertical border of tab labels"
#~ msgstr "Largura do bordo vertical das etiquetas de separador"
#~ msgid "Whether tabs should have homogeneous sizes"
#~ msgstr "Indica se os separadores deben ter tamaños homoxéneos"
#~ msgid "Group ID for tabs drag and drop"
#~ msgstr "ID de grupo para arrastrar e soltar os separadores"
#~ msgid "User Data"
#~ msgstr "Información de usuario"
#~ msgid "Anonymous User Data Pointer"
#~ msgstr "Punteiro de información de usuario anónimo"
#~ msgid "The menu of options"
#~ msgstr "O menú de opcións"
#~ msgid "Size of dropdown indicator"
#~ msgstr "Tamaño do indicador despregábel"
#~ msgid "Spacing around indicator"
#~ msgstr "Espazamento ao redor do indicador"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the preview widget should take up the entire space it is allocated"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indica se o widget de previsualización debe tomar o espazo enteiro onde "
#~ "está asignado"
#~ msgid "The GtkAdjustment connected to the progress bar (Deprecated)"
#~ msgstr "O GtkAdjustment conectado á barra de progreso (obsoleto)"
#~ msgid "Bar style"
#~ msgstr "Estilo da barra"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specifies the visual style of the bar in percentage mode (Deprecated)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Especifica o estilo visual da barra no modo de porcentaxe (obsoleto)"
#~ msgid "Activity Step"
#~ msgstr "Paso de actividade"
#~ msgid "The increment used for each iteration in activity mode (Deprecated)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O incremento empregado en cada iteración no modo de actividade (obsoleto)"
#~ msgid "Activity Blocks"
#~ msgstr "Bloques de actividade"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The number of blocks which can fit in the progress bar area in activity "
#~ "mode (Deprecated)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A cantidade de bloques que poden encaixar na área da barra de progreso no "
#~ "modo de actividade (obsoleto)"
#~ msgid "Discrete Blocks"
#~ msgstr "Bloques diferenciados"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The number of discrete blocks in a progress bar (when shown in the "
#~ "discrete style)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O número de bloques diferenciados na barra de progreso (cando se mostra "
#~ "no estilo diferenciado)"
#~ msgid "Horizontal adjustment for the text widget"
#~ msgstr "Axuste horizontal para o widget de texto"
#~ msgid "Vertical adjustment for the text widget"
#~ msgstr "Axuste vertical para o widget de texto"
#~ msgid "Line Wrap"
#~ msgstr "Axuste de liña"
#~ msgid "Whether lines are wrapped at widget edges"
#~ msgstr "Indica se as liñas se axustan aos bordos do widget"
#~ msgid "Word Wrap"
#~ msgstr "Axuste de palabra"
#~ msgid "Whether words are wrapped at widget edges"
#~ msgstr "Indica se as palabras se axustan aos bordos do widget"
#~ msgid "Tooltips"
#~ msgstr "Indicacións"
#~ msgid "If the tooltips of the toolbar should be active or not"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se as indicacións da barra de ferramentas deben estar activadas ou non"